Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

 

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the year ended December 31, 2012

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                    to                     .

Commission File Number: 001-33380

 

 

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   87-0792558

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1901 Campus Place

Louisville, KY

  40299
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

(502) 627-7000

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Name of exchange on which registered
Common stock $0.01 par value   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

N/A

(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨   Accelerated filer  þ

Non-accelerated filer  ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  þ

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity of the registrant held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2012 was $313,006,610.

 

Class of Common Stock

 

Outstanding at February 1, 2013

Common stock, $0.01 par value

  29,541,976 shares

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates certain information by reference from registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2013 annual meeting of stockholders, which proxy statement will be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

FORM 10-K

INDEX

 

          Page  

Part I

     

Item 1.

   Business      3   

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors      17   

Item 1B.

   Unresolved Staff Comments      28   

Item 2.

   Properties      29   

Item 3.

   Legal Proceedings      29   

Item 4.

   Mine Safety Disclosures      30   

Part II

     

Item 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     31   

Item 6.

   Selected Financial Data      35   

Item 7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      38   

Item 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      78   

Item 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      F-1   

Item 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      79   

Item 9A.

   Controls and Procedures      79   

Item 9B.

   Other Information      80   

Part III

     

Item 10.

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      81   

Item 11.

   Executive Compensation      81   

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     81   

Item 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      81   

Item 14.

   Principal Accounting Fees and Services      81   

Part IV

     

Item 15.

   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules      82   

 

2


Table of Contents

Part I

Item 1. Business

Overview

Formed in 2006, PharMerica Corporation (“the Corporation,” “we,” “us,” or “our”), a Delaware Corporation, is an institutional pharmacy services company that services healthcare facilities, provides pharmacy management services to hospitals and also provides specialty infusion services to patients outside a hospital setting. The Corporation is the second largest institutional pharmacy services company in the United States based on revenues and customer licensed beds under contract, operating 91 institutional pharmacies and 12 specialty infusion pharmacies in 45 states. The Corporation’s customers are typically institutional healthcare providers, such as skilled nursing facilities, nursing centers, assisted living facilities, hospitals, individuals receiving in-home care and other long-term alternative care settings. The Corporation is generally the primary source of supply of pharmaceuticals to its customers. The Corporation also provides pharmacy management services to 89 hospitals in the United States.

Institutional Pharmacy Business

Our core business provides pharmacy products and services to residents and patients in skilled nursing facilities, nursing centers, assisted living facilities, hospitals, and other long-term alternative care settings. We purchase, repackage, and dispense prescription and non-prescription pharmaceuticals in accordance with physician orders and deliver such medication to healthcare facilities for administration to individual patients and residents. Depending on the specific location, we service healthcare facilities typically within a radius of 120 miles or less of our pharmacy locations at least once each day. We provide 24-hour, seven-day per week on-call pharmacist services for emergency dispensing, delivery, and/or consultation with the facility’s staff or the resident’s attending physician. We also provide various supplemental healthcare services that complement our institutional pharmacy services.

We offer prescription and non-prescription pharmaceuticals to our customers through unit dose or modified unit dose packaging, dispensing, and delivery systems, typically in a 14 to 30 day supply. Unit dose medications are packaged for dispensing in individual doses as compared to bulk packaging used by most retail pharmacies. The customers we serve prefer the unit dose delivery system over the bulk delivery system employed by retail pharmacies because it improves control over the storage and ordering of drugs and reduces errors in drug administration in healthcare facilities. Nursing staff in our customers’ facilities administer the pharmaceuticals to individual patients and residents. The Corporation also utilizes an on-site dispensing system, with real time data transfer between the system and the Corporation, which provides timely medication administration in emergency and first dose situations. We also offer clinical pharmacy programs that encompass a wide range of drug therapy and disease management protocols, including protocols for anemia treatment, infectious diseases, wound care, nutritional support, renal dosing, and therapeutic substitution.

Our computerized dispensing and delivery systems are designed to improve efficiency and control over distribution of medications to patients and residents. We provide computerized physician orders and medication administration records for patients or residents on a monthly basis as requested. Data from these records are formulated into monthly management reports on patient and resident care and quality assurance. This system improves efficiencies in nursing time, reduces drug waste, and helps to improve patient outcomes.

Consultant Pharmacist Services

Federal and state regulations mandate that long-term care facilities, in addition to providing a source of pharmaceuticals, retain consultant pharmacist services to monitor and report on prescription drug therapy in order to maintain and improve the quality of resident care. On September 30, 2008, the United States Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) published OIG Supplemental Compliance

 

3


Table of Contents

Program Guidance for Nursing Homes. With quality of care being the first risk area identified, the supplemental guidance is part of a series of recent government efforts focused on improving quality of care at skilled nursing and long-term care facilities. The guidance contains compliance recommendations and an expanded discussion of risk areas. The guidance stressed that facilities must provide pharmaceutical services to meet the needs of each resident and should be mindful of potential quality of care problems when implementing policies and procedures on proper medication management. It further stated that facilities can reduce risk by educating staff on medication management and improper pharmacy kickbacks for consultant pharmacists and that facilities should review the total compensation paid to consultant pharmacists to ensure it is not structured in a way that reflects the volume or value of particular drugs prescribed or administered to residents.

We provide consultant pharmacist services to approximately 70% of our patients serviced. The services offered by our consultant pharmacists include:

 

   

Monthly reviews of each resident’s drug regimen to assess the appropriateness and efficiency of drug therapies, including the review of medical records, monitoring drug interactions with other drugs or food, monitoring laboratory test results, and recommending alternative therapies;

 

   

Participation on quality assurance and other committees of our customers, as required or requested by such customers;

 

   

Monitoring and reporting on facility-wide drug utilization;

 

   

Development and maintenance of pharmaceutical policy and procedure manuals; and

 

   

Assistance with federal and state regulatory compliance pertaining to resident care.

In October 2011, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) issued a proposed rule entitled “Medicare Program; Proposed Changes to the Medicare Advantage and the Medicare Prescription Drug Benefit Programs for Contract Year 2013 and Other Proposed Changes; Considering Changes to the Conditions of Participation for Long Term Care Facilities” (the “Proposed Rule”). In the Proposed Rule, CMS outlined its concerns, and requested comments, regarding certain contractual arrangements between Long Term Care (“LTC”) facilities, LTC pharmacies, consultant pharmacies, and pharmaceutical manufacturers. After reviewing the comments, CMS declined to finalize the portion of the Proposed Rule requiring the independence of consultant pharmacists from LTC pharmacies. CMS further noted that “the independent consultant pharmacist requirement would be highly disruptive to both LTC facilities and consultant pharmacists,” and without additional regulation of facility staff and providers, any benefits would not “outweigh the costs of industry disruption.” However, CMS solicited additional comments and acknowledged the possibility of future regulations if there fails to be improvement in inappropriate utilization throughout the industry. The Corporation believes that a future rule, which could require the independence of consultant pharmacists, may increase overall costs for payers and customers and reduce the quality of care and service to long-term care patients and residents. However, until CMS provides additional guidance, the Corporation is unable to fully evaluate the impact of future regulations in consultant pharmacist services.

Medical Records

The Corporation provides medical records services, which includes the completion and maintenance of medical record information for patients in the Corporation’s customer’s facilities. The medical records services include:

 

   

Real-time access to medication and treatment administration records, physician order sheets and psychotropic drug monitoring sheets;

 

   

Online ordering to save time and resources;

 

   

A customized database with the medication profiles of each resident’s medication safety, efficiency and regulatory compliance;

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Web-based individual patient records detailing each prescribed medicine; and

 

   

Electronic medical records to improve information to make it more legible and instantaneous.

Ancillary Services

The Corporation provides intravenous (“IV”) drug therapy products and services to its customers. We provide IV products and services to client facilities as well as hospice and home care patients.

We prepare the product to be administered using proper equipment in an aseptic environment and then deliver the product to the facilities for administration by the nursing staff. Proper administration of IV drug therapy requires a highly trained nursing staff. Upon request, we arrange for consultants to provide an education and certification program on IV therapy to assure proper staff training and compliance with regulatory requirements in client facilities offering an IV therapy program.

Specialty Infusion Services

The Corporation provides specialty infusion services focused on providing complex pharmaceutical products and clinical services to patients outside of hospital or nursing home settings. We offer high-touch clinical services to patients with acute or chronic conditions. The delivery of home infusion therapy requires comprehensive planning and monitoring which is provided through our registered nursing staff. Our nursing staff performs an initial patient assessment, provides therapy specific training and education, administers therapy and monitors for potential side effects. We also provide extensive clinical monitoring and patient follow-up to ensure adherence and proactively manage patients’ conditions. An in-network strategy facilitates easier decision-making for referral sources and provides us with the ability to pre-authorize patients, auto adjudicate, and bill electronically, enabling faster prescription turnaround.

Hospital Pharmacy Management Services

We also provide hospital pharmacy management services. These services generally entail the overall management of the hospital pharmacy operations, including the ordering, receipt, storage, and dispensing of pharmaceuticals to the hospital’s patients pursuant to the clinical guidelines established by the hospital. We offer the hospitals a wide range of regulatory and financial management services, including inventory control, budgetary analysis, staffing optimization, and assistance with obtaining and maintaining applicable regulatory licenses, certifications, and accreditations. We work with the hospitals to develop and implement pharmacy policies and procedures, including drug formulary development and utilization management. We also offer clinical pharmacy programs that encompass a wide range of drug therapy and disease management protocols, including protocols for anemia treatment, infectious diseases, wound care, nutritional support, renal dosing, and therapeutic substitution. The hospital pharmacy management services segment is comprised of a few customers, of which, our largest service is to the majority of the Kindred Healthcare, Inc. (“Kindred”) hospitals.

Our Business Focus

Drive Scale Economies. We will focus on consistently providing quality pharmaceutical services to our customers at competitive prices and delivery of prescriptions in a timely and effective manner. Our business seeks to implement innovative and cost-effective solutions to improve the provision of medication to our customers and the residents and patients that they serve.

Focus on Organic Growth through New Sales and Client Retention. We aim to grow our business through expansion in our existing markets and by servicing new customers. We believe our industry has underlying market growth potential attributable to both an increase in drug utilization as well as the general aging population of the United States.

 

5


Table of Contents

Acquire Competitors. We also intend to expand our market share through selected geographic expansion in markets not currently served by us and through strategic acquisitions in existing and underserved markets. The Corporation currently operates in 45 states. We believe that there are growth opportunities in several other markets. There are numerous businesses in our markets, mostly small or regional companies that lack the scale that we believe will be necessary to ultimately compete in a market that is national in scope. We intend to actively seek opportunities to acquire these companies. Since its formation in 2007, the Corporation has acquired eight institutional pharmacy businesses and one specialty infusion services business.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our products and services through a national sales force. Our sales force is organized along geographic lines to maximize coverage, manage costs, and align more effectively with our operating regions. Our sales representatives specialize in the products and services we offer and the markets in which we operate. Their knowledge permits us to meet the unique needs of our customers while maintaining profitable relationships.

Customers

Institutional Care Settings. Our customers are typically institutional healthcare providers, such as skilled nursing facilities, nursing centers, assisted living facilities and other long-term alternative care settings. We are generally the primary source of pharmaceuticals for our customers.

Our customers depend on institutional pharmacies like us to provide the necessary pharmacy products and services and to play an integral role in monitoring patient medication regimens and safety. We dispense pharmaceuticals in patient specific packaging in accordance with physician instructions.

At December 31, 2012, we had contracts to provide pharmacy services to 307,008 licensed beds for patients in healthcare facilities throughout the country. We also have significant customer concentrations with facilities operated by Kindred. For the year ended December 31, 2012, revenues from Kindred’s nursing facilities represented approximately 11.5% of the Corporation’s total revenues.

Specialty Infusion Services. At December 31, 2012, the Corporation provided specialty infusion services to patients in 14 states with acute or chronic conditions in a setting outside of a hospital or nursing home.

Hospital Pharmacy Management Services. At December 31, 2012, the Corporation provided hospital pharmacy management services to Kindred and other customers at 89 locations. For the year ended December 31, 2012, revenues under the Kindred hospital pharmacy management service contracts represented approximately 3.4% of the Corporation’s total revenues.

Suppliers/Inventory

Effective January 1, 2011, the Corporation entered into an Amended and Restated Prime Vendor Agreement for Long-Term Care Pharmacies (the “Amended Prime Vendor Agreement”) by and between ABDC, a wholly owned subsidiary of AmerisourceBergen Corporation, the Corporation, Pharmacy Corporation of America and Chem Rx Pharmacy Services, LLC. On January 25, 2013 the Corporation renegotiated its Amended Prime Vendor Agreement with AmerisourceBergen effective January 1, 2013. The First Amendment to the Amended Prime Vendor Agreement (the “First Amendment”) modifies the previous agreement, which was set to expire September 30, 2013 and extends its term until September 30, 2016.

The First Amendment requires the Corporation to purchase certain levels of brand and non-injectable generic drugs from ABDC. The First Amendment does provide the flexibility for the Corporation to contract with other suppliers. If the Corporation fails to adhere to the contractual purchase provisions ABDC has the ability to increase the Corporation’s drug pricing under the terms of the First Amendment.

 

6


Table of Contents

We also obtain pharmaceutical and other products from contracts negotiated directly with pharmaceutical manufacturers for discounted prices. While the loss of a supplier could adversely affect our business if alternate sources of supply are unavailable, numerous sources of supply are generally available to us.

We seek to maintain an on-site inventory of pharmaceuticals and supplies to ensure prompt delivery to our customers. ABDC maintains local distribution facilities in most major geographic markets in which we operate.

Brand versus Generic

The pharmaceutical industry has been experiencing a higher level of brand-to-generic drug conversions. We believe the generic dispensing rate will continue to increase over time as the result of a large number of patent expirations in the near future.

The following table summarizes the Corporation’s generic drug dispensing rate:

 

2010

  2011     2012  
76.5%     79.6     83.3

The following table summarizes the material brand-to-generic conversions expected to occur in 2013 through 2017:

 

2013

  

2014

  

2015

  

2016

  

2017

Diovan (1Q)    Detrol LA (1Q)    Namenda (1Q)    Crestor (3Q)    Seroquel XR (3Q)
Humalog (2Q)    Invega Sustenna (1Q)    Risperdal Consta (1Q)        
Oxycotin (2Q)    Renvela (1Q)    Abilify (2Q)        
Lidoderm Patch (3Q)    Trilipix (1Q)    Aggrenox (3Q)        
Cymbalta (4Q)    Celebrex (2Q)    Invanz (4Q)        
     Copaxone (2Q)           
     Zyvox (2Q)           
     Nexium (2Q)           
     Lumigan 0.03% (3Q)           
(Number in parentheses refers to the quarter of conversion)

When a branded drug shifts to a generic, initial pricing of the generic drug in the market will vary depending on the number of manufacturers launching their generic version of the drug. Historically a shift from brand-to-generic decreased our revenue and improved our gross margin from sales of these classes of drugs during the initial time period a brand drug has a generic alternative. However, recent experience has indicated that the third-party payers may reduce their reimbursements to the Corporation faster than previously experienced. In addition, the number of generic manufacturers entering the market impacts the overall cost and reimbursement of generic drugs. This acceleration in the reimbursement reduction and the number of generic manufacturers have resulted in margin compression much earlier than we have historically experienced. Due to the unique nature of the brand-to-generic conversion, management cannot estimate the future financial impact of the brand-to-generic conversions on the Corporation’s results of operations.

Supplier and Manufacturer Rebates

We currently receive rebates from certain manufacturers and distributors of pharmaceutical products for achieving targets of market share or purchase volumes. Rebates are designed to prefer, protect, or maintain a manufacturer’s products that are dispensed by the pharmacy under its formulary. Rebates for brand name products are generally based upon achieving a defined market share tier within a therapeutic class and can be based on either purchasing volumes or actual prescriptions dispensed. Rebates for generic products are more likely to be based on achieving purchasing volume requirements.

 

7


Table of Contents

Information Technology

Computerized medical records and documentation are an integral part of our distribution system. We primarily utilize a proprietary information technology infrastructure that automates order entry of medications, dispensing of medications, invoicing, and payment processing. These systems provide consulting drug review, electronic medication management, medical records, and regulatory compliance information to help ensure patient safety. These systems also support verification of eligibility and electronic billing capabilities for the Corporation’s pharmacies. They also provide order entry, shipment, billing, reimbursement and collection of service fees for medications, specialty services and other services rendered.

Based upon our electronic records, we are able to provide reports to our customers and management on patient care and quality assurance. These reports help to improve efficiency in patient care, reduce drug waste, and improve patient outcomes. We expect to continue to invest in technologies that help critical information access and system availability.

Sources of Pharmacy Revenues

We receive payment for our services from third party payers, including Medicare Part D Plans, government reimbursement programs under Medicare and Medicaid, and non-government sources such as institutional healthcare providers, commercial insurance companies, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, private payers, and contracted providers. The sources and amounts of our revenues will be determined by a number of factors, including the mix of our customers’ patients, brand to generic conversions and the rates and charges of reimbursement among payers. Changes in our customers’ censuses, the case mix of the patients, brand and generic dispensing rates, and the payer mix among private pay, Medicare Part D, institutional healthcare providers, and Medicaid, will affect our profitability.

A summary of revenue by payer type for the years ended December 31, are as follows (dollars in millions):

 

    2010     2011     2012  
    Amount     % of
Revenues
    Amount     % of
Revenues
    Amount     % of
Revenues
 

Medicare Part D

  $ 859.5        46.5   $ 998.1        48.0   $ 873.0        47.6

Institutional healthcare providers

    555.8        30.1        616.2        29.6        561.4        30.6   

Medicaid

    169.6        9.2        217.2        10.4        165.9        9.1   

Private and other

    107.3        5.8        92.7        4.5        84.7        4.6   

Insured

    89.8        4.9        90.0        4.3        79.5        4.3   

Medicare

    7.4        0.4        4.4        0.2        4.2        0.3   

Hospital management fees

    57.9        3.1        62.5        3.0        63.9        3.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,847.3        100.0   $ 2,081.1        100.0   $ 1,832.6        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Competition

We face a highly competitive environment in the institutional pharmacy market. In each geographic market, there are national, regional and local institutional pharmacies that provide services comparable to those offered by our pharmacies which may have greater financial and other resources than we do and may be more established in the markets they serve than we are. In addition, owners of skilled nursing facilities are also entering the institutional pharmacy market, particularly in areas of their geographic concentration. On a nationwide basis, there is one large competitor in the institutional pharmacy industry, Omnicare.

We believe that the competitive factors most important to our business are pricing, quality and the range of services offered, clinical expertise, ease of doing business with the provider and the ability to develop and maintain relationships with customers. Because relatively few barriers to entry exist in the local markets we serve, we have encountered and will continue to encounter substantial competition from local market entrants.

 

8


Table of Contents

Patents, Trademarks and Licenses

We use a number of trademarks and service marks. All of the principal trademarks and service marks used in the course of our business have been registered in the United States or are the subject of pending applications for registration.

We have various proprietary products, processes, software and other intellectual property that are used either to facilitate the conduct of our business or that are made available as products or services to customers. We generally seek to protect such intellectual property through a combination of trade secret, patent and copyright laws and through confidentiality and other contractually imposed protections.

Although we believe that our products and processes do not infringe upon the intellectual property rights of any third parties, third parties may assert infringement claims against us from time to time.

Seasonality

Our largest customers in institutional pharmacy services are skilled nursing facilities. Both prescription and non-prescription drug sales at skilled nursing facilities are affected by the timing and severity of the cold/flu season and other seasonality of the long-term care facilities industry, however seasonality does not have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial results.

Working Capital

For information about the Corporation’s practices relating to working capital items, see Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

Employees

As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 6,100 employees which included approximately 1,100 part-time employees. The Corporation had approximately 500 employees that were covered by collective bargaining agreements as of December 31, 2012. These agreements expire on December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2012, we employed approximately 1,600 licensed pharmacists. We believe that our relationships with our employees are good.

Government Regulation

General

Extensive federal, state and local regulations govern institutional pharmacies and the healthcare facilities that they serve. These regulations cover licenses, staffing qualifications, conduct of operations, reimbursement, recordkeeping and documentation requirements and the confidentiality and security of health-related information. Our institutional pharmacies are also subject to federal and state laws that regulate financial arrangements between healthcare providers, including the federal anti-kickback statutes and the federal physician self-referral laws.

Licensure, Certification and Regulation

States generally require that the state board of pharmacy license a pharmacy operating within the state. Many states also regulate out-of-state pharmacies that deliver prescription products to patients or residents in their states. We have the necessary pharmacy state licenses, or pending applications, for each pharmacy we operate. Our pharmacies are also registered with the appropriate federal and state authorities pursuant to statutes governing the regulation of controlled substances. In addition, pharmacists, nurses and other healthcare professionals who provide services on our behalf are in most cases required to obtain and maintain professional licenses and are subject to state regulation regarding professional standards of conduct.

 

9


Table of Contents

The Drug Enforcement Agency (the “DEA”), the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), and various state regulatory authorities regulate the distribution of pharmaceutical products and controlled substances. These laws impose a host of requirements on the pharmaceutical supply channel, including providers of institutional pharmacy services. Under the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970, as a dispenser of controlled substances, we must register with the DEA, file reports of inventories and transactions and provide adequate security measures. In addition, we are required to comply with all the relevant requirements of the Controlled Substances Act for the transfer and shipment of pharmaceuticals. The FDA, DEA, and state regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers, including the ability to seize or recall products and impose significant criminal, civil and administrative sanctions for violations of these laws and regulations. We have received all necessary regulatory approvals and believe that our pharmacy operations are in substantial compliance with applicable federal and state good manufacturing practice requirements.

Client long-term care facilities are separately required to be licensed in the states in which they operate and, if serving Medicaid or Medicare patients, must be certified to be in compliance with applicable program participation requirements. Client facilities are also subject to the nursing home reforms of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987, as amended, which imposed strict compliance standards relating to quality of care for facility operations, including vastly increased documentation and reporting requirements.

Laws Affecting Referrals and Business Practices

We are subject to federal and state laws that govern financial and other arrangements between healthcare providers. These laws prohibit certain direct and indirect payments or fee-splitting arrangements between healthcare providers that are designed to induce or encourage the referral of patients to, or the recommendation of, a particular provider for medical products and services. These laws include:

 

   

the federal “anti-kickback” statute, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly or willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration “including any kickback, bribe or rebate” directly or indirectly in return for or to induce the referral of an individual to a person for the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of any item or service for which payment may be made in whole or in part under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs; and

 

   

the federal “Stark laws” which prohibit, with limited exceptions, the referral of patients by physicians for certain designated health services, to an entity with which the physician has a financial relationship.

These laws impact the relationships that we may have with potential referral sources. We have a variety of relationships with potential referral sources, including hospitals and skilled nursing facilities with which we have contracted to provide pharmacy services. With respect to the anti-kickback statute, the OIG has enacted safe harbor regulations that outline practices that are deemed protected from prosecution. While we endeavor to comply with the applicable safe harbors, certain of our current arrangements, none of which is material to us, may not qualify for safe harbor protection. Failure to meet a safe harbor does not mean that the arrangement necessarily violates the anti-kickback statute, but may subject the arrangement to greater scrutiny. In addition, as a means of providing guidance to healthcare providers, the OIG issues a variety of sub-regulatory guidance including Special Fraud Alerts, Special Advisory Bulletins, Advisory Opinions, and other compliance guidance documents. This guidance does not have the force of law, but identifies features of arrangements or transactions that may indicate that the arrangements or transactions violate the anti kickback statute or other federal health care laws. While we believe our practices comply with the anti-kickback statute, we cannot assure our practices that are outside of a safe harbor will not be found to violate the anti-kickback statute.

In addition to federal law, many states have enacted similar statutes that are not necessarily limited to items or services for which payment is made by federal healthcare programs. Violations of these laws may result in fines, imprisonment, denial of payment for services and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs and other state-funded programs.

 

10


Table of Contents

Other provisions in the Social Security Act and in other federal and state laws authorize the imposition of penalties, including criminal and civil fines and exclusions from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs for false claims, improper billing and other offenses. These laws include the federal False Claims Act, under which private parties have the right to bring “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits against companies that submit false claims for payments to the government. Recent changes to the False Claims Act, expanding liability to certain additional parties and circumstances, may make these qui tam law lawsuits more prevalent. Some states have adopted similar state whistleblower and false claims laws.

In addition, a number of states have undertaken enforcement actions against pharmaceutical manufacturers involving pharmaceutical marketing programs, including looking at relationships with pharmacies and programs containing incentives for pharmacists to dispense one particular product rather than another. These enforcement actions arose under various state laws including fraud and abuse laws and consumer protection laws which generally prohibit false advertising, deceptive trade practices and the like.

In the ordinary course of business, we are regularly subject to inquiries, investigations and audits by federal and state agencies that oversee applicable healthcare program participation and payment regulations. We believe that the regulatory environment surrounding most segments of the healthcare industry remains intense. Federal and state governments continue to impose intensive enforcement policies resulting in a significant number of inspections, citations for regulatory deficiencies and other regulatory sanctions including demands for refund of overpayments, terminations from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, bars on Medicare and Medicaid payments and fines. Such sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operation and liquidity.

We believe our contract arrangements with other healthcare providers and our pharmaceutical suppliers and our pharmacy practices are in substantial compliance with applicable federal and state laws. These laws may, however, be interpreted in the future in a manner inconsistent with our interpretation and application.

State Laws Affecting Access to Services

Some states have enacted “freedom of choice” or “any willing provider” requirements as part of their state Medicaid programs or in separate legislation. These laws may preclude a nursing center from requiring their patients and residents to purchase pharmacy or other ancillary medical services or supplies from particular providers that have a supplier relationship with the nursing center. Limitations such as these may increase the competition which we face in providing services to nursing center residents.

HIPAA

The Federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, commonly known as “HIPAA,” mandates the adoption of regulations aimed at standardizing transaction formats and billing codes for documenting medical services, dealing with claims submissions and protecting the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information. HIPAA regulations that standardize transactions and code sets require standard formatting for healthcare providers, like us, that submit claims electronically.

The HIPAA privacy regulations apply to “protected health information,” or “PHI” which is defined generally as individually identifiable health information transmitted or maintained in any form or medium, excluding certain education records and student medical records. The privacy regulations seek to limit the use and disclosure of most paper and oral communications, as well as those in electronic form, regarding an individual’s past, present or future physical or mental health or condition, or relating to the provision of healthcare to the individual or payment for that healthcare, if the individual can or may be identified by such information. HIPAA provides for the imposition of civil or criminal penalties if PHI is improperly disclosed.

HIPAA’s security regulations require us to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of all electronic protected health information that we create, receive, maintain or transmit. We must protect against

 

11


Table of Contents

reasonably anticipated threats or hazards to the security of such information and the unauthorized use or disclosure of such information.

In addition to HIPAA, we are subject to state privacy laws and other state privacy or health information requirements not preempted by HIPAA, including those which may furnish greater privacy protection for individuals than HIPAA.

The scope of our operations involving health information is broad and the nature of those operations is complex. Although we believe that our contract arrangements with healthcare payers and providers and our business practices are in compliance with applicable federal and state electronic transmissions, privacy and security of health information laws, the requirements of these laws, including HIPAA, are complicated and are subject to interpretation. In addition, state regulation of matters also covered by HIPAA, especially the privacy standards, is increasing, and determining which state laws are preempted by HIPAA is a matter of interpretation. Failure to comply with HIPAA or similar state laws could subject us to loss of customers, denial of the right to conduct business, civil damages, fines, criminal penalties and other enforcement actions.

The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, changed several aspects of HIPAA including, without limitation, the following: (i) applies HIPAA security provisions and penalties directly to business associates of covered entities; (ii) requires certain notifications in the event of a security breach involving PHI; (iii) restricts certain unauthorized disclosures; (iv) changes the treatment of certain marketing activities; and (v) strengthens enforcement activities. In addition, the Secretary issued an interim final rule on August 24, 2009 that requires notifications for certain unpermitted disclosures of PHI. A final rule was submitted by the Secretary in 2010, but later withdrawn. The final rule was issued on January 17, 2013.

2010 Health Care Reform Legislation

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the reconciliation law known as Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (combined we refer to both Acts as the “2010 Health Care Reform Legislation”) were enacted in March 2010. State participation in the expansion of Medicaid under the 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation is voluntary. Three key provisions of the 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation that are relevant to the Corporation are: (i) the gradual modification to the calculation of the Federal Upper Limit (“FUL”) for drug prices and the definition of Average Manufacturer’s Price (“AMP”), (ii) the closure, over time, of the Medicare Part D coverage gap, which is otherwise known as the “Donut Hole,” and (iii) short cycle dispensing. Regulations under the 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation are expected to continue being drafted, released, and finalized throughout the next several years. Pending the promulgation of these regulations, the Corporation is unable to fully evaluate the impact of the 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation.

FUL and AMP Changes

The 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation amended the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (the “DRA”) to change the definition of the Federal Upper Limit (“FUL”) by requiring the calculation of the FUL as no less than 175% of the weighted average, based on utilization, of the most recently reported monthly AMP for pharmaceutically and therapeutically equivalent multi-source drugs available through retail community pharmacies nationally.

In addition, the definition of AMP changed to reflect net sales only to drug wholesalers that distribute to retail community pharmacies and to retail community pharmacies that directly purchase from drug manufacturers. Further, the 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation continues the current statutory exclusion of prompt pay discounts offered to wholesalers and adds three other exclusions to the AMP definition: i) bona fide services fees; ii) reimbursement for unsalable returned goods (recalled, expired, damaged, etc.); and iii) payments

 

12


Table of Contents

from and rebates/discounts to certain entities not conducting business as a wholesaler or retail community pharmacy. In addition to reporting monthly, the manufacturers are required to report the total number of units used to calculate each monthly AMP. CMS will use this information when it establishes FULs as a result of the new volume-weighted requirements pursuant to the 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation.

In September 2011, CMS issued the first draft FUL reimbursement files for multiple source drugs, including the draft methodology used to calculate the FULs in accordance with the Health Care Legislation. These draft FUL prices are based on the manufacturer reported and certified July 2011 monthly AMP and AMP unit data. CMS continues to release this data monthly and is expected to do so going forward. CMS has not posted monthly AMPs for individual drugs, but only posted the weighted average of monthly AMPs in a FUL group and the calculation methodology.

On February 2, 2012, CMS issued proposed regulations further clarifying the AMP and FUL changes described above and indicated that the final rule would be issued sometime in 2013.

Until CMS provides final guidance and the industry adapts to this now public available pricing information, the Corporation is unable to fully evaluate the impact of the changes in FUL and AMP to its business.

Part D Coverage Gap

Starting on January 1, 2011, the Medicare Coverage Gap Discount Program (the “Program”) requires drug manufacturers to provide a 50% discount on the negotiated ingredient cost to certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries for certain drugs and biologics purchased during the coverage gap (this is exclusive of the pharmacy dispensing fee). In addition, the 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation requires Medicare to close or eliminate the coverage gap entirely by fiscal year 2020 by gradually reducing the coinsurance percentage for both drugs covered and not covered by the Program for each applicable beneficiary.

At this time, the Corporation is unable to fully evaluate the impact of the changes to the coverage gap to its business.

Short Cycle Dispensing

Pursuant to the 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation, Prescription Drug Plans (“PDPs”) are required, under Medicare Part D and Medicare Advantage prescription drug plans (“Medicare Advantage” or “MAPDs”) to utilize specific, uniform dispensing techniques, such as weekly, daily, or automated dose dispensing, when dispensing covered Medicare Part D drugs to beneficiaries who reside in a long-term care facility to reduce waste associated with 30 to 90 day prescriptions for such beneficiaries. Pursuant to CMS issued regulation, beginning January 1, 2013, pharmacies dispensing to long-term care facilities must dispense no more than 14-day supplies of brand-name oral solid medications covered by Medicare Part D. The Corporation fully implemented short cycle dispensing on January 1, 2013. The impact of short cycle dispensing is not expected to have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s results of operations.

Overview of Reimbursement

Medicare is a federal program that provides certain hospital and medical insurance benefits to persons age 65 and over and to certain disabled persons. Medicaid is a medical assistance program administered by each state that provides healthcare benefits to certain indigent patients. Within the Medicare and Medicaid statutory framework, there are substantial areas subject to administrative rulings, interpretations, and discretion that may affect payments made under Medicare and Medicaid.

We receive payment for our services from institutional healthcare providers, commercial Medicare Part D Plans, third party payer government reimbursement programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, and other non-government sources such as commercial insurance companies, health maintenance organizations, preferred

 

13


Table of Contents

provider organizations, and contracted providers. With respect to our skilled nursing facilities customers, their residents are covered by Medicare Part A, Part B and Part D Plans, Medicaid, insurance, and other private payers (including managed care).

Medicare

The Medicare program consists of four parts: (i) Medicare Part A, which covers, among other things, in-patient hospital, skilled nursing facilities, home healthcare, and certain other types of healthcare services; (ii) Medicare Part B, which covers physicians’ services, outpatient services, and certain items and services provided by medical suppliers such as intravenous therapy; (iii) Medicare Part C or Medicare Advantage, a managed care option for beneficiaries who are entitled to Medicare Part A and enrolled in Medicare Part B, and (iv) Medicare Part D, which provides coverage for prescription drugs that are not otherwise covered under Medicare Part A or Part B for those beneficiaries that enroll.

Part A

The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (the “BBA”) mandated the Prospective Payment System (“PPS”) for Medicare-eligible enrolled residents in skilled nursing facilities. Under PPS, Medicare pays skilled nursing facilities a fixed fee per patient per day for extended care services to patients, covering substantially all items and services furnished during such enrollee’s stay. Such services and items include pharmacy services and prescription drugs. We bill skilled nursing facilities based upon a negotiated fee schedule and are paid based on those contractual relationships. We do not receive direct payment from Medicare for patients covered under the Medicare Part A benefit. We classify the revenues recognized from these payers as Institutional Healthcare Providers.

Federal legislation continues to focus on reducing Medicare and Medicaid program expenditures. Such decreases may directly impact the Corporation’s customers and their Medicare reimbursement. Given the changing nature of these rules, we are unable at this time to fully evaluate the impact on our business. Any evaluation of budgeting, cost-cutting, and financing of health care must also consider the new federal administration and the impact its proposed health care policies could have on any future cost considerations.

Part B

The MMA also changed the Medicare payment methodology and conditions for coverage of certain items of durable medical equipment, prosthetics, orthotics, and supplies (“DMEPOS”) under Medicare Part B. The Corporation provides some of these products to its customers. The changes include, among other things, a new competitive bidding program. Beginning on January 1, 2011 in selected areas and for selected supplies, only suppliers that were winning bidders are eligible to provide services, at prices established as a result of the competitive bids, to Medicare beneficiaries. Enteral nutrients, equipment and supplies, oxygen equipment, hospital beds, walkers, negative pressure wound therapy pumps and supplies are among the 10 categories of DMEPOS included in the first round of the competitive bidding process. The Corporation submitted bids in all geographic areas for the enteral nutrient category prior to the March 3, 2012 deadline set by CMS. Once the bidding and selection process is completed, proposed implementation of the contracts and pricing will be July 2013. Medicare Part B is not material to the Corporation, representing 0.3% of revenues.

Part D

Medicare Part D provides coverage for prescription drugs that are not otherwise covered under Medicare Part A or Part B for those beneficiaries that enroll. Under Medicare Part D, beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private commercial insurers who contract with CMS (or in a “fallback” plan offered on behalf of the government through a contractor, to the extent private entities fail to offer a plan in a given area), which provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs (collectively, “Part D Plans”). Part D Plans include both plans providing

 

14


Table of Contents

the drug benefit on a standalone basis and Medicare Advantage plans providing drug coverage as a supplement to an existing medical benefit under that Medicare Advantage plan. Medicare beneficiaries generally have to pay a premium to enroll in a Part D Plan, with the premium amount varying from one Part D Plan to another, although CMS provides various federal subsidies to Part D Plans to reduce the cost to beneficiaries.

Part D Plans are required to make available certain drugs on their formularies. Dually-eligible residents in nursing centers generally are entitled to have their prescription drug costs covered by a Part D Plan, provided that the prescription drugs which they are taking are either on the Part D Plan’s formulary or an exception to the Part D Plan’s formulary is granted. CMS reviews the formularies of Part D Plans and requires these formularies to include the types of drugs most commonly used by Medicare beneficiaries. CMS also reviews the formulary exceptions criteria of the Part D Plans that provide for coverage of drugs determined by the Part D Plan to be medically appropriate for the enrollee; however there currently is not a separate formulary for long-term care residents.

We obtain reimbursement for drugs we provide to enrollees of the given Part D Plan in accordance with the terms of agreements negotiated between us and the Part D Plan. The Medicare Part D final rule prohibits Part D plans from paying for drugs and services not specifically called for by the BBA.

Medicare Part D does not alter federal reimbursement for residents of nursing centers whose stay at the nursing center is covered under Medicare Part A. Accordingly, Medicare’s fixed per diem payments to nursing centers under PPS will continue to include a portion attributable to the expected cost of drugs provided to such residents. We will, therefore, continue to receive reimbursement for drugs provided to such residents from the nursing center in accordance with the terms of our agreements with each nursing center.

In addition, we receive rebates from pharmaceutical manufacturers for undertaking certain activities that the manufacturers believe may increase the likelihood that we will dispense their products. CMS continues to question whether institutional pharmacies should be permitted to receive these access/performance rebates from manufacturers with respect to prescriptions covered under Medicare Part D, but has not prohibited the receipt of such rebates. CMS defines these as rebates a manufacturer provides to long-term care pharmacies that are designed to “prefer, protect, or maintain” that manufacturer’s product selection by the long-term care pharmacy or to increase the volume of that manufacturer’s products that are dispensed by the pharmacy under its formulary. CMS, in 2007, required PDPs to have policies and systems in place as part of their drug utilization management programs to protect beneficiaries and reduce costs when long-term care pharmacies receive incentives to move market share through access/performance rebates. The elimination or substantial reduction of manufacturer rebates, if not offset by other reimbursement, would have an adverse effect on our business.

Medicaid

The reimbursement rate for pharmacy services under Medicaid is determined on a state-by-state basis subject to review by CMS and applicable federal law. Although Medicaid programs vary from state to state, they generally provide for the payment of certain pharmacy services, up to established limits, at rates determined in accordance with each state’s regulations. The federal Medicaid statute specifies a variety of requirements that a state plan must meet, including the requirements related to eligibility, coverage for services, payment, and admissions. For residents that are eligible for Medicaid only, and are not dual eligibles covered under Medicare Part D, we bill the individual state Medicaid program or in certain circumstances the state’s designated managed care or other similar organizations. Federal regulations and the regulations of certain states establish “upper limits” for reimbursement of certain prescription drugs under Medicaid. In most states, pharmacy services are priced at the lower of “usual and customary” charges or cost, which generally is defined as a function of average wholesale price and may include a profit percentage plus a dispensing fee. Most states establish a fixed dispensing fee per prescription that is adjusted to reflect associated cost. Over the last several years, state Medicaid programs have lowered reimbursement through a variety of mechanisms, principally higher discounts off average wholesale price levels, expansion of the number of medications subject to federal upper limit pricing, and general reductions in contract payment methodology to pharmacies.

 

15


Table of Contents

Environmental Matters

In operating our facilities, historically we have not encountered any material difficulties effecting compliance with applicable pollution control laws. No material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities are expected. While we cannot predict the effect which any future legislation, regulations or interpretations may have upon our operations, we do not anticipate any changes regarding pollution control laws that would have a material adverse impact on the Corporation.

Failed Unsolicited Tender Offer by Omnicare

On August 23, 2011 Omnicare, Inc. (“Omnicare”) made public an unsolicited proposal to acquire all of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s common stock for $15.00 per share in cash. On January 27, 2012 the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) issued an administrative complaint to block Omnicare’s proposed acquisition of the Corporation. The complaint alleged that the proposed acquisition would be illegal and in violation of Section 15 of the FTC Act and Section 7 of the Clayton Act because it would harm competition and enable Omnicare to raise the price of drugs for Medicare Part D consumers and others. On February 21, 2012 the unsolicited tender offer expired and Omnicare did not extend the offer.

In connection with these matters, in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 we expensed $2.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively, of legal and advisory fees, which are included in merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges in the consolidated income statements. The Corporation does not expect to incur any additional costs in the future in connection with Omnicare’s unsolicited tender offer.

Available Information

We make available free of charge on or through our web site, at www.pharmerica.com, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Additionally, the public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, D.C., 20549. Information regarding operation of the Public Reference Room is available by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Information that we file with the SEC is also available at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov.

Our SEC filings are available to the public through the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), 20 Broad Street, New York, New York, 10005. Our Common Stock is listed on the NYSE and trades under the symbol “PMC”.

The certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have been filed as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

16


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

You should consider carefully the risks described below, together with all of the other information, in evaluating our company and our common stock. If any of the risks described below actually occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and stock price.

Risk Factors Relating to Our Business

Financial soundness of our customers and suppliers may adversely affect our results of operations.

If our customers’ operating and financial performance deteriorates, or if they are unable to make scheduled payments or obtain credit, our customers may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of, accounts receivable owed to us. Any inability of customers to pay us for our products and services may adversely affect our earnings and cash flow. Additionally, both state and federal government sponsored payers, as a result of budget deficits or reductions, may seek to reduce their health care expenditures resulting in the long-term care customers renegotiating their contracts with us. Any reduction in payments by such government sponsored payers may adversely affect our earnings and cash flow. Also some of customers’ real estate is owned by Real Estate Investment Trusts limiting their ability to renegotiate rental costs furthering their desire to reduce other controllable costs, such as pharmacy costs.

Intense competition may erode our profit margins.

The distribution of pharmaceuticals to healthcare facilities is highly competitive. In each geographic market, there are national, regional and local institutional pharmacies and numerous local retail pharmacies, which provide services comparable to those offered by our pharmacies and may be more established in the markets they serve than we are. We also compete against regional and local pharmacies that specialize in long-term care. Many of our competitors have equal or greater resources and access to capital than the Corporation. In addition, local pharmacies have strong personal relationships with their customers. Because relatively few barriers to entry exist in the local markets we serve, we may encounter substantial competition from local market entrants. In addition, owners of skilled nursing facilities, including prior and current customers, are also entering the institutional pharmacy market, particularly in areas of their geographic concentration. Consolidation within the institutional pharmacy industry may also lead to increased competition. Competitive pricing pressures may adversely affect our earnings and cash flow.

We compete based on innovation and service as well as price. To attract new clients and retain existing clients, we must continually meet service expectations of our clients and customers. We cannot be sure that we will continue to remain competitive with the service to our clients at our current levels of profitability.

If we lose relationships with one or more key pharmaceutical manufacturers or if the payments made or discounts provided by pharmaceutical manufacturers decline, our business and financial results could be adversely affected.

We maintain contractual relationships with numerous pharmaceutical manufacturers that may provide us with, among other things:

 

   

discounts for drugs we purchase to be dispensed from our institutional pharmacies;

 

   

rebates based upon distributions of drugs from our institutional pharmacies; and

 

   

administrative fees for managing rebate programs.

If several of these contractual relationships are terminated or materially altered by the pharmaceutical manufacturers, our business and financial results could be materially adversely affected. In addition, formulary fee programs have been the subject of debate in federal and state legislatures and various other public and governmental forums. Changes in existing laws or regulations or in interpretations of existing laws or regulations or the adoption of new laws or regulations relating to any of these programs may materially adversely affect our business.

 

17


Table of Contents

CMS has questioned whether long-term care pharmacies should be permitted to receive discounts, rebates and other price concessions from pharmaceutical manufacturers with respect to prescriptions covered under the Medicare Part D benefit. Our business would be adversely affected if CMS should take any action that has the effect of eliminating or significantly reducing the rebates that we receive from pharmaceutical manufacturers.

Our operating revenue and profitability may suffer upon the occurrence of the loss of certain customers.

We have a number of customers that own or operate numerous facilities in our institutional pharmacy segment. In addition, our hospital segment revenues are primarily derived from one large multi-facility customer. If we are not able to continue these relationships or are only able to continue these relationships on less favorable terms than the ones currently in place, our operating revenues and results of operations would be materially impacted. There can be no assurance that these customers will not terminate all or a portion of their contracts with the Corporation.

Home infusion joint ventures formed with hospitals could adversely affect our financial results.

The home infusion industry is currently seeing renewed activity in the formation of equity-based infusion joint ventures formed with hospitals. This activity stems, in part, from hospitals seeking to position themselves for new paradigms in the delivery of coordinated healthcare and new methods of payment, including an emerging interdisciplinary care model that is being labeled an “accountable care organization”. These organizations are encouraged by the 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation. These entities are being designed in order to save money and improve quality of care by better integrating care, with the healthcare provider possibly sharing in the financial benefits of the improved efficiency.

Participation in equity-based joint ventures offers hospitals and other providers an opportunity to more efficiently transfer patients to less expensive care settings, while keeping the patient within its network. Additionally, it provides many hospitals with a mechanism to invest accumulated profits in a growing sector with attractive margins.

If home infusion joint ventures continue to expand and we lose referrals as a result, our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity could be adversely affected.

Our operating revenue and profitability may suffer because of an increase in our generic dispensing rate.

A shift in prescriptions dispensed from brand-to-generic and a decline in generic reimbursement rates from the PDP/PBMs may affect our operating revenue. When a branded drug shifts to a generic, initial pricing of the generic drug in the market will vary depending on the number of manufacturers launching their generic version of the drug. Historically a shift from brand-to-generic decreased our revenues and improved our gross margin from sales of these classes of drugs during the initial time period a brand drug has a generic alternative. However, recent experience has indicated that the third-party payers may reduce their reimbursements to the Corporation faster than previously experienced. This acceleration in the reimbursement reduction and the number of generic manufacturers have resulted in margin compression as multi-source alternatives have become available much earlier than we have historically experienced. In addition, the number of generic manufacturers entering the market impacts the overall cost and reimbursement of generic drugs. Due to the unique nature of the brand-to-generic conversion, management cannot estimate the future financial impact of the brand-to-generic conversions on its results of operations.

If we fail to comply with complex and rapidly evolving laws and regulations, we could suffer penalties, be required to pay substantial damages or make significant changes to our operations.

We are subject to numerous federal and state regulations. If we fail to comply with existing or future applicable laws and regulations, we could suffer civil or criminal penalties, including the loss of our licenses to operate our institutional pharmacies and our ability to participate in federal and state healthcare programs. As a

 

18


Table of Contents

consequence of the severe penalties we could face, we must devote significant operational and managerial resources to complying with these laws and regulations. Although we believe that we are substantially compliant with all existing statutes and regulations applicable to our business, different interpretations and enforcement policies of these laws and regulations could subject our current practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality, or could require us to make significant changes to our operations. In addition, we cannot predict the impact of future legislation and regulatory changes on our business or assure that we will be able to obtain or maintain the regulatory approvals required to operate our business.

As a result of political, economic, and regulatory influences, the healthcare delivery industry in the United States is under intense scrutiny and subject to fundamental changes. We cannot predict which reform proposals will be adopted, when they may be adopted, or what impact they may have on us.

The costs associated with complying with federal and state regulations could be significant and the failure to comply with any such legal requirements could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity.

Pharmaceutical products can develop unexpected safety or efficacy concerns.

Unexpected safety or efficacy concerns can arise with respect to marketed products, whether or not scientifically justified, leading to product recalls, withdrawals or declining sales. If we fail to or do not promptly withdraw pharmaceutical products upon a recall by a drug manufacturer, our business and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

Legal and regulatory changes reducing reimbursement rates for pharmaceuticals and/or medical treatments or services may reduce our profitability.

Both our own profit margins and the profit margins of our customers may be adversely affected by laws and regulations reducing reimbursement rates and charges. The sources and amounts of our revenues are determined by a number of factors, including licensed bed capacity and occupancy rates of our customers, the number of drugs administered to patients, the mix of pharmaceuticals dispensed, whether the drugs are brand or generic, and the rates of reimbursement among payers. Changes in the number of drugs administered to patients, as well as payer mix among private pay, Medicare and Medicaid, in our customers’ facilities will significantly affect our earnings and cash flow.

Further modifications to the Medicare Part D program may reduce revenue and impose additional costs to the industry.

The Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 or MMA included a major expansion of the Medicare program with the addition of a prescription drug benefit under the new Medicare Part D program. The continued impact of these regulations depends upon a variety of factors, including our ongoing relationships with the Part D Plans and the patient mix of our customers. Future modifications to the Medicare Part D program may reduce revenue and impose additional costs to the industry. In addition, we cannot assure you that Medicare Part D and the regulations promulgated under Medicare Part D will not have a material adverse effect on our institutional pharmacy business.

Possible changes in, or our failure to satisfy our manufacturers’ rebate programs could adversely affect our results of operations.

There can be no assurance that pharmaceutical manufacturers will continue to offer these rebates or that they will not change the terms upon which rebates are offered. A decrease in prescription volumes dispensed or a decrease in the number of brand or generic drugs which participate in rebate programs and are used by the geriatric population could affect our ability to satisfy our manufacturers’ rebate programs. The termination of such programs or our failure to satisfy the criterion for earning rebates may have an adverse affect on our cost of goods sold, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

 

19


Table of Contents

Changes in Medicaid reimbursement may reduce our revenue.

The 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation amended DRA to change the definition of the FUL by requiring the calculation of the FUL as no less than 175% of the weighted average, based on utilization, of the most recently reported monthly AMP for pharmaceutically and therapeutically equivalent multi-source drugs available through retail community pharmacies nationally.

In addition, the definition of AMP changed to reflect net sales only to drug wholesalers that distribute to retail community pharmacies and to retail community pharmacies that directly purchase from drug manufacturers. Further, the 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation continues the current statutory exclusion of prompt pay discounts offered to wholesalers and adds three other exclusions to the AMP definition; i) bona fide services fees; ii) reimbursement for unsalable returned goods (recalled, expired, damaged, etc.); and iii) payments from and rebates/discounts to certain entities not conducting business as a wholesaler or retail community pharmacy. In addition to reporting monthly, the manufacturers are required to report the total number of units used to calculate each monthly AMP. CMS will use this information when it establishes the FUL as a result of the new volume-weighted requirements pursuant to the 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation.

In September 2011, CMS issued the first draft FUL reimbursement files for multiple source drugs, including the draft methodology used to calculate the FULs in accordance with the Health Care Legislation. These draft FUL prices are based on the manufacturer reported and certified July 2011 monthly AMP and AMP unit data. CMS continues to release this data monthly and is expected to do so going forward. CMS has not posted monthly AMPs for individual drugs, but only posted the weighted average of monthly AMPs in a FUL group and the calculation methodology.

On February 2, 2012, CMS issued a proposed regulation further clarifying the AMP and FUL changes described above and indicated that the final rule will be issued sometime in 2013.

Until CMS provides final guidance and the industry adapts to this now public available pricing information, the Corporation is unable to fully evaluate the impact of the changes in FUL and AMP to its business.

Adverse results in material litigation matters or governmental inquiries could have a material adverse effect upon the Corporation’s business.

The Corporation may from time to time become subject in the ordinary course of business to material legal action related to, among other things, intellectual property disputes, professional liability and employee-related matters, as well as inquiries from governmental agencies and Medicare or Medicaid carriers requesting comment and information on allegations of billing irregularities and other matters that are brought to their attention through billing audits, third parties or other sources. The health care industry is subject to substantial federal and state government regulation and audit. Legal actions could result in substantial monetary damages as well as damage to the Corporation’s reputation with customers, which could have a material adverse effect upon our financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity.

If we or our customers fail to comply with Medicare and Medicaid regulations, we may be subjected to penalties or loss of eligibility to participate in these programs.

The Medicare and Medicaid programs are highly regulated. These programs are also subject to frequent and substantial changes. If we or our customers’ facilities fail to comply with applicable reimbursement laws and regulations, whether purposely or inadvertently, our reimbursement under these programs could be curtailed or reduced and our eligibility to continue to participate in these programs could be adversely affected. Federal or state governments may also impose other penalties on us for failure to comply with the applicable reimbursement regulations. Failure by our customers to comply with these or future laws and regulations could result in our inability to provide pharmacy services to these customers and their residents. We do not believe that we have taken any actions that could subject us to material penalties under these rules and regulations.

 

20


Table of Contents

Among these laws is the federal anti-kickback statute. This statute prohibits anyone from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration with the intent to refer, or to arrange for the referral or order of, services or items payable under a federal healthcare program. Courts have interpreted this statute broadly. Violations of the anti-kickback statute may be punished by a criminal fine of up to $25,000 for each violation or imprisonment, civil money penalties of up to $50,000 per violation and damages of up to three times the total amount of the remuneration and/or exclusion from participation in federal health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. This law impacts the relationships that we may have with potential referral sources. We have a variety of relationships with potential referral sources, including hospitals and skilled nursing facilities with which we have contracted to provide pharmacy services. The OIG, among other regulatory agencies, is responsible for identifying and eliminating fraud, abuse or waste. The OIG carries out this responsibility through a nationwide program of audits, investigations and inspections. The OIG has promulgated safe harbor regulations that outline practices that are deemed protected from prosecution under the anti-kickback statute. While we endeavor to comply with the applicable safe harbors, certain of our current arrangements may not qualify for safe harbor protection. Failure to meet a safe harbor does not mean that the arrangement necessarily violates the anti-kickback statute, but may subject the arrangement to greater scrutiny. It cannot be assured that practices outside of a safe harbor will not be found to violate the anti-kickback statute.

The anti-kickback statute and similar state laws and regulations are expansive. We do not always have the benefit of significant regulatory or judicial interpretation of these laws and regulations. In the future, different interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our current or past practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality, or could require us to make changes in our facilities, equipment, personnel, services, capital expenditure programs and operating expenses. A determination that we have violated these laws, or the public announcement that we are being investigated for possible violations of these laws, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects and our business reputation could suffer significantly. If we fail to comply with the anti-kickback statute or other applicable laws and regulations, we could be subjected to liabilities, including criminal penalties, civil penalties (including the loss of our licenses to operate one or more facilities), and exclusion of one or more facilities from participation in the Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state health care programs. In addition, we are unable to predict whether other legislation or regulations at the federal or state level will be adopted, what form such legislation or regulations may take or their impact.

Continuing government and private efforts to contain healthcare costs may reduce our future revenue.

We could be adversely affected by the continuing efforts of government and private payers to contain healthcare costs. To reduce healthcare costs, payers seek to lower reimbursement rates, limit the scope of covered services and negotiate reduced or capped pricing arrangements. While many of the proposed policy changes would require congressional approval to implement, we cannot assure you that reimbursement payments under governmental and private third party payer programs will remain at levels comparable to present levels or will be sufficient to cover the costs allocable to patients eligible for reimbursement under these programs. Any changes that lower reimbursement rates under Medicare, Medicaid or private pay programs could result in a substantial reduction in our net operating revenues. Our operating margins may continue to be under pressure because of deterioration in reimbursement, changes in payer mix and growth in operating expenses in excess of increases, if any, in payments by third party payers.

Healthcare reform could adversely affect the liquidity of our customers which would have an adverse effect on their ability to make timely payments to us for our products and services.

Healthcare reform and legislation may have an adverse effect on our business through decreasing funds available to our customers. Limitations or restrictions on Medicare and Medicaid payments to our customers could adversely impact the liquidity of our customers, resulting in their inability to pay us, or to timely pay us, for our products and services. This inability could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity.

 

21


Table of Contents

The changing U.S. healthcare industry and increasing enforcement environment may negatively impact our business.

Our products and services are part of the structure of the healthcare financing and reimbursement system currently existing in the United States. In recent years, the healthcare industry has undergone significant changes in an effort to reduce costs and government spending. These changes include an increased reliance on managed care, cuts in Medicare funding affecting our healthcare provider customer base and consolidation of competitors, suppliers and customers.

We expect the healthcare industry to continue to change significantly in the future. Some of these potential changes, such as a reduction in governmental support of healthcare services or adverse changes in legislation or regulations governing prescription drug pricing, healthcare services or mandated benefits, may cause healthcare providers to reduce the amount of our products and services they purchase or the price they are willing to pay for our products and services. If we are unable to adjust to changes in the healthcare environment, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Further, both federal and state government agencies have increased their focus on and coordination of civil and criminal enforcement efforts in the healthcare area. The OIG and the U.S. Department of Justice have, from time to time, established national enforcement initiatives, targeting all providers of a particular type, that focus on specific billing practices or other suspected areas of abuse. In addition, under the federal False Claims Act, private parties have the right to bring “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits against companies that submit false claims for payments to the government. A number of states have adopted similar state whistleblower and false claims provisions. We do not believe that we have taken any actions that could subject us to material penalties under these provisions.

Further consolidation of managed care organizations and other third-party payers may adversely affect our profits.

Managed care organizations and other third-party payers have continued to consolidate in order to enhance their ability to influence the delivery of healthcare services. Consequently, the healthcare needs of a large percentage of the U.S. population are increasingly served by a small number of managed care organizations. These organizations generally enter into service agreements with a limited number of providers for needed services. In addition, private payers, including managed care payers, increasingly are demanding discounted fee structures. To the extent that these organizations terminate us as a preferred provider, engage our competitors as a preferred or exclusive provider or demand discounted fee structures, our liquidity and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

If we or our customers fail to comply with licensure requirements, laws and regulations in respect of healthcare fraud or other applicable laws and regulations, we could suffer penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations.

Our pharmacies must be licensed by the state board of pharmacy in the state in which they operate. Many states also regulate out-of-state pharmacies that are delivering prescription products to patients or residents in their states. The failure to obtain or renew any required regulatory approvals or licenses could adversely impact the operation of our business. In addition, the healthcare facilities we service are also subject to extensive federal, state and local regulations and are required to be licensed in the states in which they are located. The failure by these healthcare facilities to comply with these or future regulations or to obtain or renew any required licenses could result in our inability to provide pharmacy services to these facilities and their residents and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

While we believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable laws, many of the regulations applicable to us, including those relating to marketing incentives offered by pharmaceutical suppliers, and rebates paid by pharmaceutical manufacturers are vague or indefinite and have not been interpreted by the courts. They

 

22


Table of Contents

may be interpreted or applied by a prosecutorial, regulatory or judicial authority in a manner that could require us to make changes in our operations. These changes may be material and may require the expenditure of material funds to implement. We believe that the regulatory environment surrounding most segments of the healthcare industry remains intense. Federal and state governments continue to impose intensive enforcement policies resulting in a significant number of inspections, citations of regulatory deficiencies and other regulatory sanctions including demands for refund of overpayments, terminations from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, bans on Medicare and Medicaid payments and fines. If we or our customers fail to comply with the extensive applicable laws and regulations, we could become ineligible to receive government program reimbursement, suffer civil or criminal penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations. In addition, we could be forced to expend considerable resources responding to an investigation or other enforcement action under these laws or regulations regardless of whether we have actually been involved in any violations or wrong-doing.

Federal and state medical privacy regulations may increase the costs of operations and expose us to civil and criminal sanctions.

We must comply with extensive federal and state requirements regarding the transmission and retention of health information. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and its implementing regulations, referred to as HIPAA, was enacted to ensure that employees can retain and at times transfer their health insurance when they change jobs, to enhance the privacy and security of personal health information and to simplify healthcare administrative processes. HIPAA requires the adoption of standards for the exchange of electronic health information.

The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, changed several aspects of HIPAA including, without limitation, the following: (i) applies HIPAA security provisions and penalties directly to business associates of covered entities; (ii) requires certain notifications in the event of a security breach involving PHI; (iii) restricts certain unauthorized disclosures; (iv) changes the treatment of certain marketing activities; and (v) strengthens enforcement activities. In addition, the Secretary issued an interim final rule on August 24, 2009 that requires notifications for certain unpermitted disclosures of PHI. A final rule was submitted by the Secretary in 2010, but later withdrawn. The final rule was issued on January 17, 2013.

Failure to comply with either HIPAA or HITECH could result in fines and penalties that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity.

Acquisitions, investments and strategic alliances that we have made or may make in the future may use significant resources, may be unsuccessful and could expose us to unforeseen liabilities.

We have made and anticipate that we may continue to make acquisitions of, investments in and strategic alliances with complementary businesses to enable us to capitalize on our position in the geographic markets in which we operate and to expand our businesses in new geographic markets. At any particular time, we may be in various stages of assessment, discussion and negotiation with regard to one or more potential acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances, not all of which, if any, will be consummated. Our acquisition program and strategy has and may lead us to contemplate acquisitions of companies in bankruptcy or financial distress, all of which entail additional risks and uncertainties. Such risks and uncertainties include, without limitation, that, before assets may be acquired, customers may leave in search of more stable providers and vendors may terminate key relationships. Also, assets are generally acquired on an “as is” basis, with no recourse to the seller if the assets are not as valuable as may be represented. Finally, while bankrupt companies may be acquired for comparatively little money, the cost of continuing the operations may significantly exceed expectations. Our growth plans rely, in part, on the successful completion of future acquisitions. If we are unsuccessful, our business would suffer.

 

23


Table of Contents

We intend to make public disclosure of pending and completed acquisitions when appropriate or required by applicable securities laws and regulations. Acquisitions may involve significant cash expenditures, debt incurrence, additional operating losses, amortization of certain intangible assets of acquired companies, and expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Acquisitions involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including, without limitation:

 

   

difficulties integrating acquired operations, personnel and information systems, or in realizing projected efficiencies and cost savings;

 

   

diversion of management’s time from existing operations;

 

   

potential loss of key employees or customers of acquired companies;

 

   

inaccurate assessment of assets and liabilities and exposure to undisclosed or unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies, including liabilities for failure to comply with healthcare laws;

 

   

increases in our indebtedness and a limitation on our ability to access additional capital when needed; and

 

   

failure to operate acquired facilities profitably or to achieve improvements in their financial performance.

Risks generally associated with our sophisticated information systems may adversely affect our results of operations.

We rely on sophisticated information systems in our business to obtain, rapidly process, analyze, and manage data to facilitate the dispensing of prescription and non-prescription pharmaceuticals in accordance with physician orders and deliver those medications to patients and long-term care residents on a timely basis; to manage the accurate billing and collections for thousands of customers; and to process payments to suppliers. Our business and results of operations may be materially adversely affected if these systems are interrupted or damaged or if they fail for an extended period of time. Significant disruptions to our infrastructure or any of our facilities due to failure of technology or some other catastrophic event could adversely impact our business.

We purchase a significant portion of our pharmaceutical products from one supplier—AmerisourceBergen.

We are required to purchase a substantial amount of our pharmaceutical products from AmerisourceBergen, pursuant to the Amended Prime Vendor Agreement. If AmerisourceBergen fails to deliver products in accordance with the Amended Prime Vendor Agreement, there can be no assurance that our operations would not be disrupted or that we could obtain the products at similar cost or at all. In this event, failure to satisfy our customers’ requirements would result in defaults under these customer contracts subjecting us to damages and the potential termination of those contracts. Such events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. In addition, under the terms of the Amended Prime Vendor Agreement, we are unable to negotiate potentially better pricing and other terms with other drug distributors, which could negatively impact our competitive position.

Prescription volumes may decline, and our net revenues and profitability may be negatively impacted, if products are withdrawn from the market or if increased safety risk profiles of specific drugs result in utilization decreases.

We dispense significant volumes of drugs from our pharmacies. These volumes are the basis for our net revenues and profitability. When increased safety risk profiles of specific drugs or classes of drugs result in utilization decreases, physicians may cease writing or reduce the numbers of prescriptions written for these drugs. Additionally, negative press regarding drugs with higher safety risk profiles may result in reduced consumer demand for such drugs. On occasion, products are withdrawn by their manufacturers. In cases where there are no acceptable prescription drug equivalents or alternatives for these prescription drugs, our volumes, net revenues, profitability and cash flows may decline.

 

24


Table of Contents

We could be required to record a material non-cash charge to income if our recorded goodwill or intangible assets are impaired, or if we shorten intangible asset useful lives.

We have $268.2 million of goodwill and $121.9 million of recorded intangible assets on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012. Our intangible assets primarily represent the value of client relationships that were recorded from past acquisitions. Under current accounting rules, intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives. These assets may become impaired with the loss of significant clients. If the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the undiscounted pre-tax expected future cash flows from the lowest appropriate asset grouping, we would be required to record a non-cash impairment charge to our consolidated income statements in the amount the carrying value of these assets exceeds its fair value. In addition, while the intangible assets may not be impaired, the useful lives are subject to continual assessment, taking into account historical and expected losses of relationships that were in the base at time of acquisition. This assessment may result in a reduction of the remaining weighted average useful life of these assets, resulting in potentially significant increases to non-cash amortization expense that is charged to our consolidated income statements. A goodwill or intangible asset impairment charge, or a reduction of useful lives, could have a material effect on our results of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we incurred a pre-tax impairment charge of $5.1 million or $0.11 per diluted common share as a result of non-renewal of certain customer contracts.

The risk of transitioning information technology services being provided by the Corporation’s current vendor to another effectively.

Historically, we have obtained substantially all of our information services from Kindred pursuant to an IT services agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2012 we began to transition our IT technology services to another vendor. This transition will continue into 2013. If the transition is not successful, this could result in our failure to satisfy our customers’ requirements or comply with certain of our financial or regulatory reporting requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

We are highly dependent on our senior management team and our pharmacy professionals.

We are highly dependent upon the members of our senior management and our pharmacists and other pharmacy professionals. Our business is managed by a small number of senior management personnel. If we were unable to retain these persons, we might be materially adversely affected due to the limited pool of senior management personnel with significant experience in our industry. Accordingly, we believe we could experience significant difficulty in replacing key management personnel. We expect that any employment contracts we enter into with our key management personnel will be subject to termination without cause by either party. Moreover, although the majority of the members of our senior management team have significant experience in the industry, they will need time to fully assess and understand our business and operations. We can offer no assurance how long these members of senior management will choose to remain with us.

In addition, our continued success depends on our ability to attract and retain pharmacists and other pharmacy professionals. Competition for qualified pharmacists and other pharmacy professionals is intense. The loss of pharmacy personnel or the inability to attract or retain sufficient numbers of qualified pharmacy professionals could adversely affect our business. Although we generally have been able to meet our staffing requirements for pharmacists and other pharmacy professionals, our inability to do so in the future could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Our revenues and volume trends may be adversely affected by certain factors relevant to the markets in which we have pharmacies, including weather conditions and other natural disasters.

Our revenues and volume trends will be predicated on many factors, including physicians’ pharmaceutical decisions on patients, payer programs, seasonal and severe weather conditions including the effects of extreme low temperatures, hurricanes and tornadoes, earthquakes, current local economic and demographic changes. Any

 

25


Table of Contents

of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and volume trends, and many of these factors will not be within the control of our management. These factors may also have an effect on our customers and their ability to continue to operate. For further discussion, see Note 9.

Risk Factors Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock and Our Senior Secured Credit Facility

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and provisions of Delaware law could delay or prevent a change of control that stockholders favor.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or other change of control that stockholders may consider favorable or may impede the ability of the holders of our common stock to change our management and Board of Directors. The provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, among other things:

 

   

prohibit stockholder action except at an annual or special meeting. Specifically, this means our stockholders are unable to act by written consent;

 

   

regulate how stockholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at annual meetings of stockholders. Advance notice of such proposals or nominations is required;

 

   

regulate how special meetings of stockholders may be called. Our stockholders do not have the right to call special meetings;

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock in one or more series, without stockholder approval. Under this authority, our Board of Directors adopted the Rights Agreement which could ensure continuity of management by rendering it more difficult for a potential acquirer to obtain control of us; and

 

   

require an affirmative vote of the holders of three-quarters or more of the combined voting power of our common stock entitled to vote in the election of our directors in order for the stockholders to amend our bylaws.

In addition, because we have not chosen to be exempt from Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), this provision could also delay or prevent a change of control that some stockholders may view as favorable. Section 203 provides that unless board and/or stockholder approval is obtained pursuant to the requirements of the statute, persons that acquire, or are affiliated with a person that acquires, more than 15% of the outstanding voting stock of a Delaware corporation shall not engage in any business combination with that corporation, including by merger, consolidation or acquisitions of additional shares, for a three-year period following the date on which that person or its affiliate becomes the holder of more than 15% of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock.

The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile.

The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly for many reasons, including, without limitation the following:

 

   

as a result of the risk factors listed in this document;

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

   

for reasons unrelated to our specific performance, such as reports by industry analysts, investor perceptions, or negative announcements by our customers or competitors regarding their own performance;

 

   

regulatory changes that could impact our business or that of our customers; and

 

   

general economic and industry conditions.

 

26


Table of Contents

In addition, when the market price of a company’s common stock drops significantly, stockholders often institute securities class action lawsuits against the company. A lawsuit against us could cause us to incur substantial costs and could divert the time and attention of our management and other resources.

Acquisitions, investments and strategic alliances we may make in the future may need to be financed by borrowings from the senior secured credit facility for which funds may not be made available by certain participants.

We have made and anticipate that we may continue to make acquisitions of, investments in and strategic alliances with complementary businesses to enable us to capitalize on our position in the geographic markets in which we operate and to expand our business in new geographic markets. Our growth plans rely, in part, on the successful completion of future acquisitions. At any particular time, we may need to finance such acquisitions and strategic alliances with borrowings from our senior secured credit facility. The financial markets are very volatile and certain participants in our senior secured credit facility may not be able to participate in funding their commitments under the revolving line of credit. If we are unsuccessful in obtaining the financing, our business would be impacted.

We are exposed to interest rate changes.

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding debt of $315.5 million, all of which was subject to variable rates of interest. See Item 7A., “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

We have indebtedness, which restricts our ability to pay cash dividends and has a negative impact on our financing options and liquidity.

We have $315.5 million in indebtedness outstanding as of December 31, 2012 under our senior secured credit facility and revolver.

The credit agreement contains customary restrictions, requirements and other limitations on our ability to incur indebtedness. The senior secured credit facility also contains financial covenants that require us to satisfy certain financial tests and maintain certain financial ratios, including a maximum of debt to EBITDA ratio. The senior secured credit facility limits our ability to declare and pay dividends or other distributions on our shares of common stock. If our lenders permit us to declare dividends, the dividend amounts, if any, will be determined by our Board of Directors, which will consider a number of factors, including our financial condition, capital requirements, funds generated from operations, future business prospects, applicable contractual restrictions and any other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant. The amount of this outstanding indebtedness could limit our ability to pay cash dividends and to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditure and acquisition purposes. A significant portion of our cash flows will be dedicated to debt service and will be unavailable for investment, capital expenditures or other operating expenses.

As a result of these and other factors, we cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in amounts sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we do not generate or are unable to borrow sufficient amounts of cash on satisfactory terms to meet these needs, we may need to seek to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity, sell assets, curtail discretionary capital expenditures or seek additional capital. There can be no assurance that additional capital will be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all, which could adversely impact our business, results of operations, liquidity, capital resources, and financial condition.

We anticipate that future earnings will be used principally to support operations and finance the growth of our business. Thus, we do not intend to pay dividends or other cash distributions on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See Part II, Item 5 “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.”

 

27


Table of Contents

See Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

28


Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties

We have facilities including offices and key operating facilities in various locations throughout the United States. The Corporation’s corporate headquarters are located in Louisville, Kentucky. In addition to the pharmacies listed below, the Corporation also has five facilities throughout the nation with several overhead and administrative functions. As of December 31, 2012, all facilities were leased. We consider all of these facilities to be suitable, adequate, and are utilized at full capacity.

The following table presents certain information with respect to operating leases of our pharmacies identified by the Corporation as properties as of December 31, 2012:

 

State

   # of
Facilities
   Square
Footage
     State    # of
Facilities
   Square
Footage
 

Alabama

   2      20,330       Mississippi    1      11,600   

Arizona

   2      21,436       Missouri    1      4,090   

Arkansas

   1      6,850       Montana    1      2,440   

California

   10      100,451       Nebraska    1      5,120   

Colorado

   4      28,971       Nevada    1      7,000   

Connecticut

   1      15,600       New Hamphire    1      7,500   

Delaware

   1      5,739       New Jersey    1      14,309   

Florida

   6      67,112       New Mexico    1      4,798   

Georgia

   2      33,202       New York    2      82,500   

Hawaii

   5      15,506       North Carolina    4      26,950   

Idaho

   1      4,031       Ohio    2      26,125   

Illinois

   1      15,495       Oklahoma    1      6,048   

Indiana

   1      20,386       Pennsylvania    7      53,508   

Iowa

   1      6,250       Rhode Island    1      9,415   

Kansas

   1      9,977       South Carolina    1      15,550   

Kentucky

   2      43,500       South Dakota    2      12,050   

Louisiana

   1      4,914       Tennessee    5      47,837   

Maine

   1      10,200       Texas    14      102,514   

Maryland

   1      10,744       Utah    2      15,002   

Massachusetts

   1      53,111       Virginia    2      15,807   

Michigan

   2      13,720       Washington    2      14,792   

Minnesota

   1      13,871       West Virginia    1      1,419   
         Wisconsin    1      11,068   

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The Corporation is responding to investigations by the U.S. Attorneys and by the Drug Enforcement Agency into the Corporation’s alleged failure to comply with various laws and regulations relating to the control and dispensing of certain controlled substances as well as the potential filing of false claims for payments of certain controlled substances that the Corporation dispensed to nursing home residents. The Corporation has been informed that the government believes that the claims at issue were not eligible for payment due to the alleged non-compliance with various Medicare, Medicaid and other laws and regulations relating to the dispensing, control, sale, billing and reimbursement for such controlled substances. The Corporation denies the allegations made by the government and will defend itself in the event any actions are brought by the government. At this time, we are unable to estimate the outcome of the investigations. If the government brings claims and the Corporation is not successful in defending them, it could result in material fines and recoupment of government claims which could result in a material adverse effect to our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

 

29


Table of Contents

In addition, the Corporation is involved in certain legal actions and regulatory investigations arising in the ordinary course of business. At this time, the Corporation is unable to determine the impact of these investigations on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

30


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our only class of common equity is our $0.01 par value common stock, which trades on the NYSE under the symbol “PMC.”

The following table sets forth the high and low closing prices per share during the period and the closing price of our common stock as reported by the NYSE for the fiscal periods indicated.

 

      High      Low      Close  

Fiscal 2011

        

First Quarter

   $ 12.89       $ 10.71       $ 11.44   

Second Quarter

   $ 13.61       $ 10.61       $ 12.76   

Third Quarter

   $ 14.73       $ 10.69       $ 14.27   

Fourth Quarter

   $ 16.40       $ 11.91       $ 15.18   

Fiscal 2012

        

First Quarter

   $ 15.54       $ 12.00       $ 12.43   

Second Quarter

   $ 12.90       $ 9.03       $ 10.92   

Third Quarter

   $ 13.40       $ 9.82       $ 12.66   

Fourth Quarter

   $ 14.74       $ 12.22       $ 14.24   

Stockholders

As of January 31, 2013, we had approximately 2,860 stockholders of record of the Corporation’s common stock. Because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

Cash Dividends

The Corporation has never paid a cash dividend on its common stock and does not expect to pay cash dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable future. Our Senior Secured Credit Facility also limits our ability to declare and pay dividends or other distributions on our shares of common stock. Management believes the stockholders are better served if all of the Corporation’s earnings are retained for expansion of the business.

Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans

The Corporation has adopted the Amended and Restated PharMerica Corporation 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended and restated, “Omnibus Plan”) under which the Corporation is authorized to grant equity-based and other awards to its employees, officers, directors and consultants. In connection with the Corporation’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the stockholders of the Corporation approved and adopted the amended and restated Omnibus Plan to, among other things, implement a “fungible share pool” effective as of January 1, 2010, and preserve preferential tax treatment as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

The Corporation has reserved 7,237,000 shares of its common stock for awards to be granted under the Omnibus Plan plus 534,642 shares reserved for substitute equity awards. Under the “fungible share pool,” one share of stock will be subtracted from the share limit for each share of stock covered by a stock option or stock appreciation right award and 1.65 shares of stock will be subtracted from the share limit for each share of stock covered by any full-value award, including restricted share awards, restricted stock units and performance share

 

31


Table of Contents

awards at target. The following shares are not available for re-grant under the Omnibus Plan: (i) shares tendered by a participant or withheld by the Corporation to pay the purchase price of a stock option award or to satisfy taxes owed with respect to an award, (ii) shares subject to a stock appreciation right that are not issued in connection with such award’s settlement upon the exercise thereof, and (iii) shares reacquired by the Corporation using cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the exercise of stock options. Effective January 1, 2010, shares subject to an award that is forfeited, expired or settled for cash, are available for re-grant under the Omnibus Plan as one share of stock for each share of stock covered by a stock option or appreciation right and 1.65 shares of stock for each share of stock covered by any other type of award.

The following table sets forth equity compensation plan information as of December 31, 2012:

 

Plan Category

   Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
    Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
    Number of securities
remaining available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans (excluding
securities reflected in

column (a))
 
     (a)     (b)     (c)  

Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders

     3,557,620 (1)    $ 15.14 (2)      3,015,100 (3) 

(1) Includes the following:

 

   

2,424,285 shares of common stock to be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options granted under the Omnibus Plan;

 

   

460,745 shares of common stock to be issued upon vesting of performance share units under the Omnibus Plan;

 

   

7,831 shares of common stock to be issued upon vesting of restricted stock awards under the Omnibus Plan; and

 

   

664,759 shares of common stock to be issued upon vesting of restricted stock units under the Omnibus Plan.

(2) The weighted average exercise price in column (b) does not take into account the 1,133,335 shares of common stock potentially to be issued under restricted stock awards, performance share units and restricted stock units.

(3) The 3,015,100 shares does not take into consideration the dilution of 1.65 shares of stock for any full-value award, including restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and performance share units at target. The number of shares remaining available for future issuance calculated under the fungible share pool would be 2,331,162.

See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report for information regarding the material features of the Omnibus Plan.

 

32


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total return on a $100 investment in each of the Common Stock of the Corporation, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and the Standard & Poor’s Healthcare Index for the period from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2012. This graph assumes an investment in the Corporation’s common stock and the indices of $100 on December 31, 2007 and that all dividends were reinvested:

 

LOGO

 

       
      PharMerica
Corporation
     S&P 500      S&P
Healthcare
 

December 31, 2007

   $ 100.00       $ 100.00       $ 100.00   

March 31, 2008

     119.38         90.08         88.06   

June 30, 2008

     162.75         87.17         86.53   

September 30, 2008

     162.03         79.43         86.53   

December 31, 2008

     112.90         61.51         75.52   

March 31, 2009

     119.88         54.34         69.09   

June 30, 2009

     141.43         62.61         74.80   

September 30, 2009

     133.79         71.99         81.46   

December 31, 2009

     114.41         75.94         88.41   

March 31, 2010

     131.27         79.64         90.96   

June 30, 2010

     105.62         70.19         79.78   

September 30, 2010

     68.66         77.72         86.34   

December 31, 2010

     82.49         85.65         89.04   

March 31, 2011

     82.42         90.29         93.48   

June 30, 2011

     91.93         89.94         100.30   

September 30, 2011

     102.81         77.05         89.76   

December 31, 2011

     109.37         85.65         98.10   

March 31, 2012

     89.55         95.92         106.36   

June 30, 2012

     78.67         92.77         107.58   

September 30, 2012

     91.21         98.11         113.57   

December 31, 2012

     102.59         97.13         113.00   

 

33


Table of Contents

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

On August 24, 2010, the Corporation announced a stock repurchase program where the Corporation is authorized to repurchase up to $25.0 million of the Corporation’s common stock, of which $10.5 million was used to purchase the Corporation’s common stock. On July 2, 2012, the Board of Directors authorized an increase to the existing stock repurchase program that will allow the Corporation to again purchase back up to a maximum of $25.0 million of the Corporation’s common stock. The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be limited, terminated or extended at any time without prior notice. The Corporation did not repurchase shares under this program for the three months ended December 31, 2012.

Additionally, the Corporation may redeem shares from employees upon vesting of the Corporation’s stock awards for minimum statutory tax withholding purposes. The Corporation redeemed 946 shares of certain vested awards for an aggregate price of less than $0.1 million during the three months ended December 31, 2012.

The following table summarizes our share repurchase activity by month for the three months ended December 31, 2012:

 

Period

   Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
    Weighted
Average
Price Paid
per Share
     Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of a
Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Program (2)
     Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that may
yet be Purchased
under the Plans
or Programs
 
                         (in millions)  

October 1, 2012—October 31, 2012

     57 (1)    $ 12.40         —         $ 24.0   

November 1, 2012—November 30, 2012

     —          —           —           24.0   

December 1, 2012—December 31, 2012

     889 (1)      14.07         —           24.0   

 

(1) The Corporation repurchased 946 shares of common stock in connection with the vesting of certain stock awards to cover minimum statutory withholding taxes.
(2) The Corporation did not repurchase shares under the stock repurchase program for the three months ended December 31, 2012.

 

34


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table presents our selected historical consolidated financial and operating data. The selected historical financial and operating data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (in millions, except where indicated):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012  

Statement of operations data:

          

Revenues

   $ 1,947.3      $ 1,841.2      $ 1,847.3      $ 2,081.1      $ 1,832.6   

Cost of goods sold

     1,658.9        1,563.3        1,604.8        1,786.2        1,532.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     288.4        277.9        242.5        294.9        300.2   

Selling, general and administrative

     217.9        193.2        182.8        216.5        214.7   

Amortization expense

     6.5        9.0        9.3        11.0        12.3   

Impairment of intangible assets

     14.8        —          —          5.1        —     

Merger, acquisition, integration costs and other

     26.7        5.2        14.6        15.3        19.9   

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

     —          —          —          —          4.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (1)

   $ 22.5      $ 70.5      $ 35.8      $ 47.0      $ 48.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 5.0      $ 42.2      $ 19.2      $ 23.4      $ 22.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common share: (2)

          

Basic

   $ 0.17      $ 1.39      $ 0.64      $ 0.80      $ 0.78   

Diluted

   $ 0.17      $ 1.39      $ 0.64      $ 0.79      $ 0.77   

Adjusted earnings per diluted common share (3)

   $ 1.00      $ 1.30      $ 0.93      $ 1.20      $ 1.27   

Shares used in computing earnings per common share:

          

Basic

     30.1        30.3        30.0        29.3        29.5   

Diluted

     30.2        30.4        30.1        29.5        29.9   

Balance sheet data:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 41.3      $ 51.2      $ 10.8      $ 17.4      $ 12.3   

Working capital (4)

   $ 272.3      $ 312.8      $ 280.9      $ 348.4      $ 323.3   

Goodwill (4)

   $ 113.7      $ 140.1      $ 179.4      $ 214.9      $ 268.2   

Intangible assets, net

   $ 73.4      $ 90.8      $ 102.2      $ 100.2      $ 121.9   

Total assets (4)

   $ 679.2      $ 724.3      $ 759.7      $ 834.0      $ 885.7   

Long-term debt, including current portion

   $ 240.0      $ 240.0      $ 245.6      $ 300.0      $ 315.5   

Total stockholder’s equity

   $ 319.8      $ 370.9      $ 384.4      $ 413.8      $ 442.6   

Supplemental information:

          

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

   $ 92.5      $ 102.7      $ 78.5      $ 98.5      $ 104.1   

Adjusted EBITDA Margin (3)

     4.8     5.6     4.2     4.7     5.7

Adjusted EBITDA per prescription dispensed (3)

   $ 2.29      $ 2.63      $ 2.08      $ 2.36      $ 2.65   

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 65.7      $ 85.0      $ 98.2      $ 26.8      $ 85.7   

Net cash used by investing activities

   $ (47.4   $ (76.1   $ (133.2   $ (64.0   $ (105.3

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   $ (9.0   $ 1.0      $ (5.4   $ 43.8      $ 14.5   

Statistical information (in whole numbers except where indicated)

          

Institutional Pharmacy

          

Financial Data:

          

Prescriptions dispensed (in thousands)

     40,319        39,037        37,826        41,677        39,212   

Revenue per prescription dispensed

   $ 46.85      $ 45.72      $ 47.31      $ 48.43      $ 44.99   

Gross profit per prescription dispensed

   $ 6.88      $ 6.90      $ 6.21      $ 6.89      $ 7.44   

Institutional pharmacy gross margin

     14.7     15.1     13.1     14.2     16.5

Generic drug dispensing rate (5)

     70.7     74.6     76.5     79.6     83.3

Customer licensed beds under contract:

          

Beginning of period

     336,759        320,862        313,364        361,154        337,213   

Additions

     21,398        35,921        95,949        30,460        21,198   

Losses

     (37,295     (43,419     (48,159     (54,401     (51,403
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

     320,862        313,364        361,154        337,213        307,008   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Hospital management contracts serviced

     84        86        90        91        89   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes depreciation expense of $22.0 million, $18.0 million, $18.8 million, $20.1 million and $18.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.
(2) The Corporation has never declared a cash dividend. Earnings per share in whole dollars and cents.
(3) See “Use of Non GAAP Measures for Measuring Annual Results” for a definition and Reconciliation of Adjusted Earnings per Diluted Common Share to Earnings Per Diluted Common Share and for Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA and Margin.
(4) As adjusted, see Note 2—Acquisitions in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(5) Single source generic drugs, previously classified as brand drugs, are now being classified as generics for purposes of the generic dispensing rate calculation in all periods.

 

35


Table of Contents

Use of Non-GAAP Measures for Measuring Annual Results

The Corporation calculates Adjusted EBITDA as provided in the reconciliation below and calculates Adjusted EBITDA Margin by taking Adjusted EBITDA and dividing it by revenues. The Corporation calculates and uses Adjusted EBITDA as an indicator of its ability to generate cash from reported operating results. The measurement is used in concert with net income and cash flows from operating activities, which measure actual cash generated in the period. In addition, the Corporation believes that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are supplemental measurement tools used by analysts and investors to help evaluate overall operating performance and the ability to incur and service debt and make capital expenditures. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the Credit Agreement, is used in conjunction with the Corporation’s debt leverage ratio and this calculation sets the applicable margin for the quarterly interest charge. Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the Credit Agreement, is not the same calculation as this Adjusted EBITDA table. Adjusted EBITDA does not represent funds available for the Corporation’s discretionary use and is not intended to represent or to be used as a substitute for net income or cash flows from operating activities data as measured under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA but included in the calculation of the Corporation’s reported net income and cash flows from operating activities are significant components of the accompanying consolidated income statements and cash flows, and must be considered in performing a comprehensive assessment of overall financial performance. The Corporation’s calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be consistent with calculations of EBITDA used by other companies. The following are reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA to the Corporation’s net income and net operating cash flows for the periods presented.

The Corporation calculates and uses adjusted diluted earnings per share, which is exclusive of the impact of merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges, Hurricane Sandy disaster costs, impairment of intangible assets, and tax accounting matters as an indicator of its core operating results. The measurement is used in concert with net income and diluted earnings per share, which measure actual earnings per share generated in the period. The Corporation believes the exclusion of these charges in expressing earnings per share provides management with a useful measure to assess period to period comparability and is useful to investors in evaluating the Corporation’s operating results from period to period. Adjusted diluted earnings per share, which is exclusive of the impact of merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges, Hurricane Sandy disaster costs, impairment of intangible assets, and tax accounting matters does not represent the amount that effectively accrues directly to stockholders (i.e., such costs are a reduction in earnings and stockholders’ equity) and is not intended to represent or to be used as a substitute for diluted earnings per share as measured under GAAP. The impact of merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges, Hurricane Sandy disaster costs, impairment of intangible assets, and tax accounting matters excluded from the diluted earnings per share are significant components of the accompanying consolidated income statements and must be considered in performing a comprehensive assessment of overall financial performance. The following is a reconciliation of adjusted diluted earnings per share to the Corporation’s GAAP earnings per diluted common share for the periods presented.

 

36


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012  

Net income

   $ 5.0      $ 42.2      $ 19.2      $ 23.4      $ 22.9   

Add:

          

Interest expense, net

     14.2        9.4        3.6        8.8        10.0   

Merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges

     26.7        5.2        14.6        15.3        19.9   

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

     —          —          —          —          4.5   

Provision for income taxes

     3.3        18.9        13.0        14.8        15.9   

Impairment of intangible assets

     14.8        —          —          5.1        —     

Depreciation and amortization expense

     28.5        27.0        28.1        31.1        30.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 92.5      $ 102.7      $ 78.5      $ 98.5      $ 104.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     4.8     5.6     4.2     4.7     5.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Operating Cash Flows

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 92.5      $ 102.7      $ 78.5      $ 98.5      $ 104.1   

Interest expense, net

     (14.2     (9.4     (3.6     (8.8     (10.0

Provision benefit for income taxes

     (3.3     (18.9     (13.0     (14.8     (15.9

Merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges

     (22.2     (4.8     (14.0     (13.8     (18.6

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

     —          —          —          —          (3.0

Provision for bad debt

     24.7        16.6        18.5        24.8        25.2   

Stock-based compensation and deferred compensation

     5.3        5.0        5.2        6.0        7.1   

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     0.4        0.4        0.6        0.8        1.0   

Loss on disposition of equipment

     0.2        0.3        0.3        0.1        0.1   

Deferred income taxes

     2.8        19.7        12.3        13.9        2.8   

Other

     (0.5     (0.3     —          0.2        0.2   

Changes in assets and liabilities

     (20.0     (26.3     13.4        (80.1     (7.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities

   $ 65.7      $ 85.0      $ 98.2      $ 26.8      $ 85.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Diluted Earnings Per Share to Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009     2010      2011     2012  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 0.17       $ 1.39      $ 0.64       $ 0.79      $ 0.77   

Add:

            

Diluted earnings per share impact of:

            

Impairment of intangible assets

     0.30         —          —           0.11        —     

Merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges

     0.53         0.10        0.29         0.32        0.40   

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

     —           —          —           —          0.09   

Tax accounting matters

     —           (0.19     —           (0.02     0.01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share after impact of above items

   $ 1.00       $ 1.30      $ 0.93       $ 1.20      $ 1.27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements, within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which reflect the Corporation’s current estimates, expectations and projections about the Corporation’s future results, performance, prospects and opportunities. Forward looking statements include, among other things, the information concerning the Corporation’s possible future results of operations including revenue, costs of goods sold, and gross margin, business and growth strategies, financing plans, the Corporation’s competitive position and the effects of competition, the projected growth of the industries in which we operate, and the Corporation’s ability to consummate strategic acquisitions. Forward-looking statements include statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “project,” and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are based upon information currently available to the Corporation and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause the Corporation’s actual results, performance, prospects or opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause the Corporation’s actual results to differ materially from the results referred to in the forward-looking statements the Corporation makes in this report include:

 

   

the Corporation’s access to capital, credit ratings, indebtedness, and ability to raise additional financings and operate under the terms of the Corporation’s debt obligations;

 

   

anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which in concert with our certificate of incorporation and our by-laws could delay or deter a change in control;

 

   

the effects of adverse economic trends or intense competition in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

the Corporation’s risk of loss of revenues due to a customer or owner of skilled nursing facility entering the institutional pharmacy business;

 

   

the demand for the Corporation’s products and services;

 

   

the risk of retaining existing customers and service contracts and the Corporation’s ability to attract new customers for growth of the Corporation’s business;

 

   

the effects of renegotiating contract pricing relating to significant customers and suppliers, including the hospital pharmacy segment which is substantially dependent on service provided to one customer;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to successfully transition information technology services being provided by its current vendor to another vendor effectively;

 

   

the impacts of cyber security risks and/or incidents;

 

   

the effects of a failure in the security or stability of our technology infrastructure, or the infrastructure of one or more of our key vendors, or a significant failure or disruption in service;

 

   

the effects of an increase in credit risk, loss or bankruptcy of or default by any significant customer, supplier, or other entity relevant to the Corporation’s operations;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to successfully pursue the Corporation’s development and acquisition activities and successfully integrate new operations and systems, including the realization of anticipated revenues, economies of scale, cost savings, and productivity gains associated with such operations;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to control costs, particularly labor and employee benefit costs, rising pharmaceutical costs, and regulatory compliance costs;

 

   

the effects of healthcare reform and government regulations, including, interpretation of regulations and changes in the nature and enforcement of regulations governing the healthcare and institutional pharmacy services industries, including, the dispensing of antipsychotic prescriptions;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

changes in the reimbursement rates or methods of payment from Medicare and Medicaid and other third party payers to both us and our customers;

 

   

the potential impact of state government budget shortfalls and their ability to pay the Corporation and its customers for services provided;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability, and the ability of the Corporation’s customers, to comply with Medicare or Medicaid reimbursement regulations or other applicable laws;

 

   

the effects of changes in the interest rate on the Corporation’s outstanding floating rate debt instrument and the increases in interest expense, including increases in interest rate terms on any new debt financing;

 

   

further consolidation of managed care organizations and other third party payers;

 

   

political and economic conditions nationally, regionally, and in the markets in which the Corporation operates;

 

   

natural disasters, war, civil unrest, terrorism, fire, floods, tornadoes, earthquakes, hurricanes, epidemic, pandemic, catastrophic event or other matters beyond the Corporation’s control;

 

   

increases in energy costs, including state and federal taxes, and the impact on the costs of delivery expenses and utility expenses;

 

   

elimination of, changes in, or the Corporation’s failure to satisfy pharmaceutical manufacturers’ rebate programs;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to attract and retain key executives, pharmacists, and other healthcare personnel;

 

   

the Corporation’s risk of loss not covered by insurance;

 

   

the outcome of litigation to which the Corporation is a party from time to time, including adverse results in material litigation or governmental inquiries;

 

   

changes in accounting rules and standards, audits, compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and regulatory investigations;

 

   

changes in market conditions that would result in the impairment of goodwill or other assets of the Corporation;

 

   

changes in market conditions in which we operate that would influence the value of the Corporation’s stock;

 

   

the uncertainty as to the long-term value of the Corporation’s common stock;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to anticipate a shift in demand for generic drug equivalents and the impact on the financial results including the negative impact on brand drug rebates;

 

   

the effect on prescription volumes and the Corporation’s net revenues and profitability if the safety risk profiles of drugs increase or if drugs are withdrawn from the market, including as a result of manufacturing issues, or if prescription drugs transition to over-the-counter products;

 

   

the effects on the Corporation’s results of operations related to interpretations of accounting principles by the SEC staff that may differ from those of management;

 

   

changes in tax laws and regulations;

 

   

the effects of changes to critical accounting estimates; and

 

   

other factors, risks and uncertainties referenced in the Corporation’s filings with the Commission, including the “Risk Factors” set forth in this Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

39


Table of Contents

YOU ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, ALL OF WHICH SPEAK ONLY AS OF THE DATE OF THIS ANNUAL REPORT. EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY LAW, WE UNDERTAKE NO OBLIGATION TO PUBLICLY UPDATE OR RELEASE ANY REVISIONS TO THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS TO REFLECT ANY EVENTS OR CIRCUMSTANCES AFTER THE DATE OF THIS ANNUAL REPORT OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF UNANTICIPATED EVENTS. ALL SUBSEQUENT WRITTEN AND ORAL FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO US OR ANY PERSON ACTING ON THE CORPORATION’S BEHALF ARE EXPRESSLY QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY THE CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS CONTAINED OR REFERRED TO IN THIS SECTION AND IN OUR RISK FACTORS SET FORTH IN PART I, ITEM 1A OF THIS REPORT ON FORM 10-K AND IN OTHER REPORTS FILED WITH THE SEC BY THE CORPORATION.

The Corporation’s Business and Industry Trends

The Corporation is an institutional pharmacy services company that services healthcare facilities, provides pharmacy management services to hospitals and also provides specialty infusion services to patients outside a hospital setting. The Corporation is the second largest institutional pharmacy services company in the United States based on revenues and customer licensed beds under contract, operating 91 institutional pharmacies and 12 specialty infusion pharmacies in 45 states. The Corporation’s customers are typically institutional healthcare providers, such as skilled nursing facilities, nursing centers, assisted living facilities, hospitals, individuals receiving in-home care and other long-term alternative care settings. The Corporation is generally the primary source of supply of pharmaceuticals to its customers. The Corporation also provides pharmacy management services to 89 hospitals in the United States.

The institutional pharmacy services business is highly competitive. Competition is a significant factor that can impact the Corporation’s overall financial results, pricing to customers, and bed retention. In each geographic market, there are national, regional and local institutional pharmacies that provide services comparable to those offered by the Corporation’s pharmacies. These pharmacies may have greater financial and other resources than we do and may be more established in the markets they serve than we are. The Corporation also competes against regional and local pharmacies that specialize in the highly-fragmented long-term care markets. In the future, some of the Corporation’s customers may seek to in-source the provision of pharmaceuticals to patients in their facilities by establishing an internal pharmacy.

A variety of factors are affecting the institutional pharmacy industry. With an aging population and the extension of drug coverage to a greater number of individuals through Medicare Part D, the consumption of pharmaceuticals by residents of long-term care facilities is likely to increase in the future. In addition, individuals are expected to enter assisted living facilities, independent living facilities and continuing care retirement communities at increasing rates. Under Medicare Part D, eligible individuals may choose to enroll in various Medicare Part D Plans to receive prescription drug coverage. Each Medicare Part D Plan determines a distinct formulary for the long-term care residents enrolled in its plan. Accordingly, institutional pharmacies have incurred increased administrative costs to manage each Part D Plan’s formulary, reimbursement and administrative processes for their long-term care enrollees. Institutional pharmacies may continue to experience increased administrative burdens and costs due to the greater complexity of the requirements for drug reimbursement. Medicare Part D also requires increased choices for patients with respect to complex drug categories and therapeutic interchange opportunities. Institutional pharmacies may realize increased revenue by providing long-term care residents with specialized services in these areas. Continued industry consolidation may also impact the dynamics of the institutional pharmacy market.

In addition, our continued success depends on our ability to attract and retain pharmacists and other pharmacy professionals. Competition for qualified pharmacists and other pharmacy professionals is strong. The loss of pharmacy personnel or the inability to attract, retain or motivate sufficient numbers of qualified pharmacy professionals could adversely affect our business. Although we generally have been able to meet our staffing requirements for pharmacists and other pharmacy professionals in the past, our inability to do so in the future could have a material adverse impact on us.

 

40


Table of Contents

Acquisitions During the Periods Presented

For a discussion of acquisitions by the Corporation during the periods presented see Note 2 “Acquisitions” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Report.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. Management considers an accounting estimate to be critical if:

 

   

It requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made; and

 

   

Changes in the estimate or different estimates could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

The Corporation’s management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting estimates with the audit committee of the Board of Directors and with the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm, and they both have reviewed the disclosure presented below relating to critical accounting estimates.

The table of critical accounting estimates is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of the Corporation’s accounting policies that require estimates. Management believes that of the significant accounting policies, as discussed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report, the estimates discussed below involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. Management believes the current assumptions and other considerations used to estimate amounts reflected in the consolidated financial statements are appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating amounts reflected in the consolidated financial statements, the resulting changes could have a material adverse effect on the consolidated results of operations and financial condition of the Corporation.

The table that follows presents information about our critical accounting estimates, as well as the effects of hypothetical changes in the material assumptions used to develop each estimate. Our sensitivity analysis was performed assuming the assumptions listed, based upon the actual results of the Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2012, and the actual diluted shares.

 

41


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet or

Income Statement Caption/

Nature of Critical Estimate Item

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts and provision for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from PDP’s under Medicaid Part D, long-term care institutions, the respective state Medicaid programs, private payers and third party insurance companies. Our ability to collect outstanding receivables is critical to our results of operations and cash flows. We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the carrying value of our receivables to their estimated net realizable value. In addition, certain drugs dispensed are subject to being returned and the responsible paying party is due a credit for such returns.

Our allowance for doubtful accounts, included in our balance sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2012, were $48.6 million and $56.4 million, respectively.

Our quarterly provision for doubtful accounts included in our income statements was as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     Amount      % of
Revenues
 

2010

     

First Quarter

   $ 3.8         0.8

Second Quarter

     4.6         1.0   

Third Quarter

     4.5         1.0   

Fourth Quarter

     5.6         1.1   

2011

     

First Quarter

   $ 5.4         1.0

Second Quarter

     5.8         1.1   

Third Quarter

     6.4         1.2   

Fourth Quarter

     7.2         1.5   

2012

     

First Quarter

   $ 6.2         1.2

Second Quarter

     6.2         1.4   

Third Quarter

     7.3         1.7   

Fourth Quarter*

     5.5         1.3   

 

* Excludes a $0.7 million expense related to Hurricane Sandy. See further discussion in Note 9.

 


Assumptions/Approach Used

 

The largest components of bad debts in our accounts receivable relate to the accounts for which private payers are responsible (which we refer to as private and other), accounts for which our customers from long-term care institutions are responsible for under Medicare Part A and owe us for the drug component of their patients stay at their respective institution and third party, Medicare Part D, and Medicaid accounts that have been denied.

We attempt to collect the private and other accounts through various efforts. We attempt to collect payments due from long-term care institutions through billing and collecting in accordance with the terms of the contracts. We attempt to collect from third party, Medicare Part D and Medicaid accounts by obtaining the appropriate documentation and direct discussions with the payers. In all cases, the drugs have been dispensed.

In general, we perform the following steps in collecting accounts receivable:

 

   

if possible, perform up front adjudication prior to dispensing the product;

 

   

billing and follow-up with third party payers;

 

   

billing and follow-up with long-term care institutions;

 

   

utilization of collection agencies; and

 

   

other legal processes.

The Corporation has an established process to determine the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, which relies on analytical tools, specific identification, and benchmarks to arrive at a reasonable allowance. No single statistic or measurement alone determines the allowance for doubtful accounts.

We monitor and review trends by payer classification along with the composition of our aging accounts receivable. This review is focused primarily on trends in private and other payers, PDP’s, dual eligible co-payments, historic payment patterns of long-term care institutions, and monitoring respective credit risks.

In addition, we analyze other factors such as revenue days in accounts receivables, denial trends by payer types, payment patterns by payer types, subsequent cash collections, and current events that may impact payment patterns of our long-term care institution customers.

The following table shows our institutional pharmacy revenue days outstanding reflected in our institutional pharmacy net accounts receivable as of the dates indicated:

 

     2010      2011      2012  

First Quarter

     40.5         39.0         42.8   

Second Quarter

     40.4         41.6         45.4   

Third Quarter

     40.3         42.5         44.1   

Fourth Quarter

     39.7         42.8         44.1   

 


Sensitivity Analysis

 

If our provision as a percent of institutional revenue increases 0.10%, our after tax income would decrease by approximately $1.1 million or $0.04 per diluted share.

This is only one example of reasonably possible sensitivity scenarios. The process of determining the allowance requires us to estimate uncollectible accounts that are highly uncertain and requires a high degree of judgment. Our estimates may be impacted by economic conditions, success in collections, payer mix and trends in federal and state regulations.

 

 


 

42


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet or

Income Statement Caption/

Nature of Critical Estimate Item

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts and provision for doubtful accounts-(continued)

The following table shows our allowance for doubtful accounts as a percent of gross accounts receivable:

 

    Allowance   Gross
Accounts
Receivable
  %  of
Gross
Accounts
Receivable

2010

           

First Quarter

    $ 37.6       $ 241.8         15.6 %
Second Quarter       37.1         237.6         15.6  
Third Quarter       38.1         231.9         16.4  
Fourth Quarter       36.8         263.3         14.0  

2011

           

First Quarter

    $ 38.1       $ 273.9         13.9 %
Second Quarter       39.6         282.4         14.0  
Third Quarter       42.9         282.8         15.2  
Fourth Quarter       48.6         280.8         17.3  

2012

           
First Quarter     $ 52.1       $ 296.4         17.6 %
Second Quarter       52.8         272.1         19.4  
Third Quarter       56.1         266.0         21.1  
Fourth Quarter       56.4         262.9         21.5  

Please refer to Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for a detailed roll forward of our allowance for doubtful accounts.

 


Assumptions/Approach Used

 

The following table shows our summarized aging categories by quarter:

 

    0 to 60
days
    61 to 120
days
    Over 120
Days
 

2010

     

First Quarter

    66.2     17.8     16.0

Second Quarter

    65.7     18.0     16.3

Third Quarter

    62.9     19.2     17.9

Fourth Quarter

    61.8     22.0     16.2

2011

     

First Quarter

    63.4     19.3     17.3

Second Quarter

    63.9     18.0     18.1

Third Quarter

    63.1     18.9     18.0

Fourth Quarter

    61.2     19.5     19.3

2012

     

First Quarter

    61.5     17.3     21.2

Second Quarter

    58.0     17.7     24.3

Third Quarter

    58.6     15.7     25.7

Fourth Quarter

    58.8     17.1     24.1

 


Sensitivity Analysis

 

 

 

 


 

43


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet or

Income Statement Caption/

Nature of Critical Estimate Item

 

Revenue recognition/Allowance for contractual discounts

We recognize revenues at the time services are provided or products are delivered.

Our sources of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 are as follows:

 

     2010     2011     2012  
     % of
Revenues
    % of
Revenues
    % of
Revenues
 

Medicare Part D

     46.5     48.0     47.6

Institutional
healthcare providers

     30.1        29.6        30.6   

Medicaid

     9.2        10.4        9.1   

Private and other

     5.8        4.5        4.6   

Insured

     4.9        4.3        4.3   

Medicare

     0.4        0.2        0.3   

Hospital management fees

     3.1        3.0        3.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our sources of revenues for the quarters ended March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 are as follows:

 

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Three Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2010     2011     2012  

Medicare Part D

    46.8     47.7     48.2     45.8     47.5     48.1

Institutional healthcare providers

    30.4        30.7        30.0        30.5        29.8        30.2   

Medicaid

    8.7        10.4        9.6        8.9        10.7        9.2   

Private and other

    5.7        4.0        4.7        6.1        4.6        4.7   

Insured

    4.9        4.1        4.1        5.1        4.2        4.1   

Medicare

    0.5        0.2        0.2        0.4        0.2        0.2   

Hospital management
fees

    3.0        2.9        3.2        3.2        3.0        3.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Three Months
Ended September 30,
    Three Months
Ended December 31,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2010     2011     2012  

Medicare Part D

    46.2     48.3     47.4     47.2     48.3     46.8

Institutional healthcare providers

    30.0        29.7        31.3        29.5        28.5        31.1   

Medicaid

    8.9        10.4        8.7        10.2        10.2        8.7   

Private and other

    6.0        4.6        4.4        5.5        4.6        4.6   

Insured

    5.0        3.8        4.4        4.5        5.1        4.9   

Medicare

    0.4        0.2        0.2        0.3        0.2        0.3   

Hospital management
fees

    3.5        3.0        3.6        2.8        3.1        3.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Please refer to Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for a detailed discussion of our revenue recognition policies.

 


Assumptions/Approach Used

 

We recognize revenues at the time services are provided or products are delivered. A significant portion of our revenues are billed to PDPs under Medicare Part D, the state Medicaid programs, long-term care institutions, third party insurance companies, and private payers. Some claims are electronically adjudicated through online processing at the point the prescription is dispensed such that our operating system is automatically updated with the actual amount to be reimbursed. As a result, our revenues and the associated receivables are based upon the actual reimbursement to be received. For claims that are adjudicated on-line and are rejected or otherwise denied upon submission, the Corporation provides contractual allowances based upon historical trends, contractual reimbursement terms and other factors which may impact ultimate reimbursement. Amounts are adjusted to actual reimbursed amounts based upon cash receipts.

Co-payments for our services can be applicable under Medicare Part D, the state Medicaid programs, and certain third party payers and are typically not collected at the time products are delivered or services are provided. Co-payments under the Medicaid programs and third party plans are generally billed to the responsible party as part of our normal billing procedures which are subject to normal collection procedures.

Under Medicare Part D, institutional residents who are dual eligible have co-payments due for up to the first thirty days of a beneficiary’s stay in a skilled nursing facility subsequent to which the PDP’s are responsible for reimbursement.

Under certain circumstances, including state-mandated return policies under various Medicaid programs, we accept returns of medications and issue credit memorandums to the applicable payer. Product returns are generally processed in the period returned. We estimate an amount for expected returns based on historical trends.

Our hospital pharmacy management revenues represent contractually defined management fees and the reimbursement of costs associated with the direct operations of hospital pharmacies, which are primarily comprised of personnel costs.

 


Sensitivity Analysis

 

If our reimbursement declined or was negatively impacted 0.25% of revenues, the negative impact on net income would be $2.7 million or $0.09 per diluted common share.

 

 

 


 

44


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet or

Income Statement Caption/

Nature of Critical Estimate Item

 

Inventory and cost of drugs dispensed

We have inventory located at each of our institutional pharmacy and specialty infusion locations. Our inventory is valued at the lower of first-in, first-out cost or market basis. The inventory consists of prescription drugs, over the counter products and intravenous solutions. Our inventory relating to controlled substances is maintained on a manually prepared perpetual system to the extent required by the Drug Enforcement Agency and state board of pharmacies. All other inventory is maintained on a periodic system, through the performance of quarterly physical inventories at the end of each quarter. All inventory counts are reconciled to the balance sheet account and differences are adjusted through cost of goods sold. In addition, we record an amount of potential returns of prescription drugs based on historical rates of returns.

At December 31, 2011 and 2012, our inventory on our consolidated balance sheets was as follows (dollars in millions):

 

   

2011    $130.6

 

   

2012    $135.7

Our annualized inventory turns were as follows:

 

     2010      2011      2012  

First Quarter

     15.7         15.0         11.0   

Second Quarter

     15.5         12.0         10.6   

Third Quarter

     15.3         11.0         10.3   

Fourth Quarter

     15.6         10.3         8.9   

We receive rebates on purchases from various vendors and suppliers.

Please refer to Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for a detailed discussion of our inventory.

 


Assumptions/Approach Used

 

Our inventory is valued at the lower of first-in, first-out cost or market basis. Our controlled prescription drugs are maintained on a perpetual inventory basis to the extent required by the DEA. All other inventory is maintained on a periodic basis. We perform quarterly inventory counts at all locations with the use of our personnel and the use of third party inventory count teams under our supervision. We perform quarterly inventory counts in the third month of each quarter.

All inventory counts are reconciled to the balance sheet account and differences are adjusted through cost of goods sold. In addition, we record an amount of potential returns of prescription drugs based on historical rates of returns.

We account for rebates and other incentives received from vendors and suppliers, relating to the purchase or distribution of inventory, as a reduction to cost of goods sold and inventory. We consider these rebates to represent product discounts, and as a result, the rebates are allocated as a reduction of product cost and relieved through cost of goods sold upon the sale of the related inventory.

 


Sensitivity Analysis

 

Actual inventory counts may include estimates based on amounts that may be dispensed from an open container. In addition, items are reviewed for potential obsolescence.

A 1.0% error rate in the count of prescription drugs in inventory would impact net income $0.8 million, or $0.03 per diluted common share.

 

 

 


 

45


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet or

Income Statement Caption/

Nature of Critical Estimate Item

 

Goodwill, other intangible assets and accounting for business combinations

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired companies. Our intangible assets are comprised primarily of trade names, customer relationship assets, and non-compete agreements.

Our goodwill included in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 was as follows (dollars in millions):

 

   

2011    $214.9

 

   

2012    $268.2

Our net intangible assets, included in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     2011     2012  

Customer relationships

   $ 96.0      $ 98.8   

Trade name

     30.0        57.0   

Non-competition agreements

     8.4        12.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     134.4        168.4   

Accumulated Amortization

     (34.2     (46.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 100.2      $ 121.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Please refer to Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for a detailed roll forward of our goodwill and intangible assets.

 


Assumptions/Approach Used

 

The Corporation performs an annual, and more frequent if necessary, qualitative assessment of its Institutional Pharmacy reporting unit to determine if it is necessary to proceed to the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. The Corporation is not required to do so unless, based on the qualitative assessment, it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The qualitative analysis requires the Corporation to examine a wide range of factors, including macro economic factors, industry and market considerations, overall financial performance of the Corporation, and other relevant entity specific factors affecting a reporting unit such as a change in the composition or carrying amount of its net assets, and changes in share price. If the Corporation must continue to step one, then we determine fair value using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow and market multiple analyses. These types of analyses require us to make assumptions and estimates regarding future cash flows, industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies.

The purchase price of acquisitions are allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. Such valuations require us to make significant estimates and assumptions, including projections of future events and operating performance.

Fair value estimates are determined by management based upon established market values of comparable assets, or internal calculations of estimated future net cash flows. Our estimate of future cash flows is based on assumptions and projections we believe to be currently reasonable and supportable. The ultimate decision of allocations are that of management.

We assess for the potential impairment of intangible assets and finite lived assets recorded on the Corporation’s balance sheet whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable.

During the third quarter of 2011, the Corporation recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $5.1 million related to finite-lived customer relationships. The impairment was incurred as the result of non-renewal of certain customer contracts. The impairment was related to intangible assets acquired in an acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2005. These asset groups were assessed for recoverability and management determined the finite-lived customer relationship assets to be impaired. No other assets within the asset groups were deemed impaired. Using a discounted cash flow analysis, the Corporation determined that the pre-tax impairment charge of $5.1 million was required to write the carrying value down to fair value, resulting in a decrease per diluted common share impact of $0.11. The Corporation recognized the impairment as a permanent write-down of the cost basis and accumulated amortization of the affected assets. No such impairment changes were taken for the years ended December 31, 2010 or December 31, 2012.

 


Sensitivity Analysis

 

We performed our annual testing for goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and determined that no goodwill impairment existed. If actual future results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, we may be required to record goodwill impairment charges in the future. Our estimate of fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable based upon current facts and circumstances.

 

 

 


 

46


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet or

Income Statement Caption/

Nature of Critical Estimate Item

 

Accounting for income taxes

The provision for income taxes is based upon the Corporation’s annual income or loss for each respective accounting period. The Corporation recognizes an asset or liability for the deferred tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that will result in a tax deduction in future years for which we have already recorded the tax benefit in the accompanying consolidated income statements. The Corporation also recognizes as deferred tax assets the future tax benefits from net operating and capital loss carryforwards.

We assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized from future taxable income. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets if it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Our deferred tax asset balances in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 were as follows (dollars in millions), including the impact of valuation allowances:

 

   

2011    $ 37.1

 

   

2012    $ 25.6

At December 31, 2012 the Corporation also had a deferred tax liability of $11.1 million.

Our valuation allowances for deferred tax assets in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

   

2011    $ 1.0

 

   

2012    $ 1.0

Significant judgment is required in determining and assessing the impact of uncertain tax positions. For an identified uncertain tax position to qualify for benefit recognition, the position must have at least a more-likely-than-not chance of being sustained on its technical merits if challenged by relevant taxing authorities and taken by management to the court of last resort. If an uncertain position does not meet this recognition threshold based on our analysis of applicable tax law, we establish a liability for the realized, but unrecognized tax benefit. As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation has no liability recorded for unrecognized tax benefits for U.S. federal and state tax jurisdictions. The Corporation records accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as income tax expense in the consolidated income statements. We recognize the benefit for an uncertain tax position we have taken upon any one of the following conditions: 1) the recognition threshold is met due to changes in facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date; 2) the tax position is effectively settled through examination, negotiation or litigation; or 3) the statute of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine and challenge the tax position has expired.

Please refer to Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for a detailed discussion of our accounting for income taxes.

 

 


Assumptions/Approach Used

 

The first step in determining the deferred tax asset valuation allowance is identifying reporting jurisdictions where we have a history of tax and operating losses or are projected to have losses in future periods as a result of changes in operational performance. We then determine if a valuation allowance should be established against the deferred tax assets for that reporting jurisdiction. The second step is to determine the amount of valuation allowance. We will generally establish a valuation allowance equal to the net deferred tax asset (deferred tax assets less deferred tax liabilities) related to the jurisdiction identified in step one of the analysis. In certain cases, we may not reduce the valuation allowance by the amount of the deferred tax liabilities depending on the nature and timing of future taxable income attributable to deferred tax liabilities.

Tax benefits from uncertain tax positions are recognized in the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements if it is more-likely-than-not that the position is sustainable based on the technical merits of the position. In evaluating whether the position has met this recognition threshold, the Corporation assumes that the appropriate taxing authority has full knowledge of all relevant information. The amount of benefit recognized in the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements for a tax position meeting the recognition threshold is determined by a measurement of the largest amount of benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

Subsequent recognition, derecognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions is based on management’s best judgment given the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date.

With respect to net deferred tax assets, the Corporation considers all available positive and negative evidence to determine whether a valuation allowance is needed. This includes an analysis of net operating loss carryforwards available under law, anticipated future income or loss, as well as tax planning strategies. If the cumulative weight of evidence suggests that it is more-likely-than-not that all or some portion of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized, a full or partial valuation allowance will be recognized based upon the qualitative and quantitative evidence examined.

 


Sensitivity Analysis

 

Our deferred tax assets exceeded our deferred tax liabilities by $25.6 million as of December 31, 2012, including the impact of valuation allowances. Historically, we have produced taxable income and we expect to generate taxable income in future years. Therefore, we believe that the likelihood of our not realizing the tax benefit of our deferred tax assets is remote.

While we have generated taxable income in recent years and expect to continue to do so in the future, we have deferred tax assets in select states, including tax loss carryforwards that we expect to expire before we are able to fully use them to offset taxable income. We have recorded a valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets. If our conclusion about our ability to realize these deferred tax assets is incorrect, then our deferred tax assets would be understated or overstated at December 31, 2012.

The IRS may propose adjustments for items we have failed to identify as tax contingencies. If the IRS were to propose and sustain assessments we would incur additional tax payments for 2011 and 2012 plus the applicable penalties and interest.

The federal statute of limitations remains open for tax years 2009 through 2011. The Corporation’s consolidated U.S. income tax returns for 2010 and 2011 are currently under examination by the IRS.

 

 


 

47


Table of Contents

Key Financial Statement Components

Consolidated Income Statements

Our revenues are comprised primarily of product and infusion service revenues and are derived from the sale of prescription drugs through our pharmacies. The majority of our product and service revenues are derived on a fee-for-service basis. Our revenues are recorded net of certain discounts and estimates for returns. Hospital pharmacy revenues represent management fees and pass through costs associated with managing the clients’ hospital pharmacy.

Cost of goods sold is comprised primarily of the cost of product and is principally attributable to the dispensing of prescription drugs. Our cost of product relating to drugs dispensed by our pharmacies consists primarily of the cost of inventory dispensed and our costs incurred to process and dispense the prescriptions. Cost of goods also includes direct labor, delivery costs, rent, utilities, depreciation, travel costs, professional fees and other costs attributable to the dispensing of medications. In addition, cost of product includes a credit for rebates earned directly or indirectly from pharmaceutical manufacturers whose drugs are included in our formularies. These rebates generally take the form of formulary rebates, which are earned based on the volume of a specific drug dispensed, or market share rebates, which are earned based on the achievement of contractually specified market share levels. The Corporation receives rebates on brand and generic drugs dispensed and other administrative rebates.

Selling, general and administrative expenses reflect the costs of operations dedicated to executive management, the generation of new sales, maintenance of existing client relationships, management of clinical programs, enhancement of technology capabilities, direction of pharmacy operations, human resources and performance of reimbursement and collection activities, in addition to finance, legal and other staff activities.

Merger, acquisition, integration costs, and other charges represent the costs associated with integrating our operations, as well as costs related to acquisitions. Also included in this category are costs related to the unsolicited tender offer by Omnicare and costs related to the transition of the information technology services being provided by the Corporation’s current vendor to another vendor (“IT Transition”).

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs reflect costs associated with damages caused by Hurricane Sandy in October 2012 and the related recovery from the effects of the storm to the Corporation’s operations.

Interest expense, net, primarily includes interest expense relating to our senior secured credit facility, partially offset by interest income generated by cash and cash equivalents.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Our assets include cash and cash equivalent investments, accounts receivable, inventory, fixed assets, deferred tax assets, goodwill and intangibles.

Cash reflects the accumulation of positive cash flows from our operations and financing activities, and primarily includes deposits with banks or other financial institutions. Our cash balances are at the highest on Thursday nights and at the lowest on Friday nights. Friday is usually our largest cash disbursement day as a result of payments for our drug costs and our payrolls.

Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from PDPs under Medicare Part D, the respective state Medicaid programs, long-term care institutions, third party insurance companies, and private payers, net of allowances for doubtful accounts, as well as contractual allowances.

Inventory reflects the cost of prescription products held for dispensing by our pharmacies, net of allocated rebates, and is recorded on a first-in, first-out basis. We perform quarterly inventory counts and record our inventory and cost of goods sold based on such quarterly inventories. We also include an estimate for returns on inventory.

 

48


Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets primarily represent temporary differences between the financial statement basis and the tax basis of certain accrued expenses, goodwill, accounts receivable allowance, net operating loss carryforwards, and stock-based compensation.

Fixed assets include investments in our pharmacies and information technology, including capitalized software development. Goodwill and intangible assets are comprised primarily of goodwill and intangibles related to our previous acquisitions.

Our primary liabilities include accounts payable, accrued salaries and wages, other current liabilities, debt, and deferred tax liabilities. Accounts payable primarily consist of amounts payable for prescription inventory purchases under our Amended Prime Vendor Agreement and other purchases made in the normal course of business. The balances in accounts payable and accrued salaries and wages are at the highest on Thursday nights and at the lowest on Friday nights, as a result of payments for drug costs and payroll being funded on Friday. Accrued expenses and other current liabilities primarily consist of employee and facility-related cost accruals incurred in the normal course of business, as well as income taxes payable.

Our debt is primarily comprised of loans under our senior secured credit facility as well as our revolver. Deferred tax liabilities primarily represent temporary differences between the financial statement basis and tax basis of fixed assets and tax deductible goodwill. We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, other than purchase commitments and lease obligations.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

An important element of our operating cash flows is the timing of billing cycles, subsequent cash collections and payments for drug costs and labor. Due to the nature of the Corporation’s cash cycle, cash flows from operations can fluctuate significantly depending on the day of the week of the respective close process. We pay for our prescription drug inventory in accordance with payment terms offered under our Amended Prime Vendor Agreement. The Corporation receives rebates from its prime vendor and suppliers each period. Rebates are allocated as reduction in inventory and also recorded as a reduction to cost of goods sold in the period earned. Outgoing cash flows include inventory purchases, employee payroll and benefits, facility operating expenses, capital expenditures including technology investments, interest and principal payments on our outstanding debt, and income taxes. The cost of acquisitions will also result in cash outflows.

Definitions

Listed below are definitions of terms used by the Corporation in managing the business. The definitions are necessary to the understanding of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this document.

Bps: Represents basis points. Basis points are based on percentages. For example, 100 bps represents a change of 1.0%.

Gross profit per prescription dispensed: Represents the gross profit from the institutional pharmacy segment divided by the total prescriptions dispensed.

Institutional pharmacy gross margin: Represents the gross profit per prescription dispensed divided by the revenue per prescription dispensed.

NM: Represents not meaningful.

Prescriptions dispensed: Represents a prescription filled for an individual patient. A prescription will usually be for a 15 or 30 day period and will include only one drug type.

Revenues per prescription dispensed: Represents the revenues from the institutional pharmacy segment divided by the total prescriptions dispensed.

 

49


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table presents selected consolidated comparative results of operations and statistical information for the periods presented (dollars in millions, except per prescription and per patient amounts, and prescriptions in thousands):

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     Increase
(Decrease)
    2011     Increase
(Decrease)
    2012  
    Amount     % of
Revenues
                Amount     % of
Revenues
                Amount     % of
Revenues
 

Net revenues:

                   

Institutional Pharmacy

  $ 1,789.4        96.9   $ 229.2        12.8   $ 2,018.6        97.0   $ (254.3     (12.6 )%    $ 1,764.3        96.3

Hospital Management and other

    57.9        3.1        4.6        7.9        62.5        3.0        5.8        9.3        68.3        3.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

    1,847.3        100.0        233.8        12.7        2,081.1        100.0        (248.5     (11.9     1,832.6        100.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold:

                   

Institutional Pharmacy

    1,554.4        84.2        177.0        11.4        1,731.4        83.2        (258.9     (15.0     1,472.5        80.4   

Hospital Management and other

    50.4        2.7        4.4        8.7        54.8        2.6        5.1        9.3        59.9        3.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of goods sold

    1,604.8        86.9        181.4        11.3        1,786.2        85.8        (253.8     (14.2     1,532.4        83.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit:

                   

Institutional Pharmacy

    235.0        12.7        52.2        22.2        287.2        13.8        4.6        1.6        291.8        15.9   

Hospital Management and other

    7.5        0.4        0.2        2.7        7.7        0.4        0.7        9.1        8.4        0.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

  $ 242.5        13.1   $ 52.4        21.6   $ 294.9        14.2   $ 5.3        1.8   $ 300.2        16.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Institutional Pharmacy (in whole numbers except where indicated)

                   

Financial data

                   

Prescriptions dispensed (in thousands)

    37,826          3,851        10.2     41,677          (2,465     (5.9 )%      39,212     

Revenue per prescription dispensed

  $ 47.31        $ 1.12        2.4   $ 48.43        $ (3.44     (7.1 )%    $ 44.99     

Gross profit per prescription dispensed

  $ 6.21        $ 0.68        10.9   $ 6.89        $ 0.55        8.0   $ 7.44     

Institutional pharmacy gross margin

    13.1       1.1     8.3     14.2       2.3     16.2     16.5  

Generic dispensing rate *

    76.5       3.1     4.1     79.6       3.7     4.6     83.3  

Customer licensed beds under contract

                   

Beginning of period

    313,364          47,790        15.2     361,154          (23,941     (6.6 )%      337,213     

Additions

    95,949          (65,489     (68.3     30,460          (9,262     (30.4 )%      21,198     

Losses

    (48,159       (6,242     (13.0 )%      (54,401       2,998        5.5     (51,403  
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

End of period

    361,154          (23,941     (6.6 )%      337,213          (30,205     (9.0 )%      307,008     
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Hospital Management (in whole numbers except where indicated)

                   

Volume information

                   

Hospital management contracts serviced

    90          1        1.1     91          (2     (2.2 )%      89     

 

* Single source generic drugs, previously classified as brand drugs, are now being classified as generics for purposes of the generic dispensing rate calculation in all periods.

Revenues

Institutional pharmacy revenues decreased $254.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 due to the net decline in customer licensed beds under contract of 30,205 as well as other factors including the continued wave of drugs converting from brand to generic which results in lower revenues. The decrease of $254.3 million is comprised of an unfavorable volume variance of approximately $119.4 million or 2,465,000 less prescriptions dispensed and an unfavorable rate variance of approximately $134.9 million or $3.44 decrease per prescription dispensed. The rate variance was comprised of an increase of approximately $65.0 million due to inflation on brand name drugs dispensed between periods offset by reduced reimbursement rates on generics and certain pricing concessions and a decrease of approximately $199.9 million due to the increase in the generic dispensing rate from 79.6% to 83.3%.

 

50


Table of Contents

The increase in hospital management and other revenues of $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was due to primarily to the acquisition of Amerita, Inc. (“Amerita”) in the fourth quarter 2012 and an overall increase in pass through costs partially offset by two less hospitals serviced during the period.

Institutional pharmacy revenues increased $229.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, due to the Chem Rx and other pharmacy acquisitions. The increase of $229.2 million resulted from a favorable volume variance of approximately $182.2 million or 3,851,000 additional prescriptions dispensed and a favorable rate variance of approximately $47.0 million or $1.12 increase per prescription dispensed. The rate variance was comprised of approximately $204.3 million due to inflation on drugs dispensed between periods offset by $157.3 million due to the increase in the generic dispensing rate from 76.5% to 79.6% and certain pricing concessions. The favorable volume variance of approximately $182.2 million was due to the increase in customer licensed beds under contract as a result of the acquisitions.

The increase in hospital management and other revenues of $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily due to an increase in the number of hospital management contracts serviced.

Cost of Goods Sold

Institutional pharmacy cost of goods sold decreased $258.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to a decrease in overall total drug costs associated with fewer prescriptions dispensed and certain brand-name drugs that recently went generic. The decrease of $258.9 million is comprised of a volume variance of $102.4 million and a rate variance of $156.5 million. The drug costs as a percentage of revenue decreased 375 bps as a result of rebates and the brand to generic conversions. Other costs included in cost of goods sold decreased in overall dollars but increased as a percentage of revenues 145 bps, of which the increase primarily related to salaries and wages expense, employee benefits and delivery fees as a percentage of revenues increasing 71 bps, 32 bps and 15 bps, respectively, along with other smaller increases in various items.

The increase in hospital management and other cost of goods sold of $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was due primarily to the acquisition of Amerita and the overall increase in pass through costs partially offset by two less hospitals serviced during the period.

Institutional pharmacy cost of goods sold increased $177.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily due to the Chem Rx and other pharmacy acquisitions. Overall total drug costs decreased as a percent of revenues 114 bps due primarily to higher rebates on generic drugs as a result of the Amended Prime Vendor Agreement and implementation of changes in branded pharmaceutical purchasing practices. Other costs included in cost of goods sold increased as a percentage of revenues 4 bps.

Hospital management and other cost of goods sold increased $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 due to the additional hospital management contract serviced during the period.

 

51


Table of Contents

Gross Profit and Operating Expenses

Gross profit and other operating expenses were the following for the periods presented (dollars in millions):

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     Increase
(Decrease)
    2011     Increase
(Decrease)
    2012  
    Amount     % of
Revenues
                Amount     % of
Revenues
                Amount     % of
Revenues
 

Gross profit and operating expenses:

                   

Total gross profit

  $ 242.5        13.1   $ 52.4        21.6   $ 294.9        14.2   $ 5.3        1.8   $ 300.2        16.4

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    182.8        9.9        33.7        18.4        216.5        10.4        (1.8     (0.8     214.7        11.7   

Amortization expense

    9.3        0.5        1.7        18.3        11.0        0.5        1.3        11.8        12.3        0.7   

Impairment of intangible assets

    —          —          5.1        100.0        5.1        0.3        (5.1     (100.0     —          —     

Merger, acquistition, integration costs and other charges

    14.6        0.8        0.7        4.8        15.3        0.8        4.6        30.1        19.9        1.1   

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

    —          —          —          —          —          —          4.5        100.0        4.5        0.2   

Interest expense, net

    3.6        0.2        5.2        144.4        8.8        0.4        1.2        13.6        10.0        0.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    32.2        1.7        6.0        18.6        38.2        1.8        0.6        1.6        38.8        2.1   

Provision for income taxes

    13.0        0.7        1.8        13.8        14.8        0.7        1.1        7.4        15.9        0.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 19.2        1.0   $ 4.2        21.9   $ 23.4        1.1   $ (0.5     (2.1 )%    $ 22.9        1.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Institutional pharmacy gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $291.8 million or $7.44 per prescription dispensed compared to $287.2 million or $6.89 per prescription dispensed for the year ended December 31, 2011. Institutional pharmacy gross profit margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 16.5% compared to 14.2% for the year ended December 31, 2011. Institutional pharmacy gross profit margin was positively impacted by higher margins on certain brand-name drugs that recently went generic, decreases in overall drug costs and higher rebates as a percent of revenues.

Institutional pharmacy gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $287.2 million or $6.89 per prescription dispensed compared to $235.0 million or $6.21 per prescription dispensed for the year ended December 31, 2010. Institutional pharmacy gross profit margin for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 14.2% compared to 13.1% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Gross profit margin was positively impacted by higher margins on drugs which recently became available as generics, better pricing terms as a result of the Amended Prime Vendor Agreement, and implementation of changes in branded pharmaceutical purchasing practices. The increase in gross profit dollars was as a result of these factors as well as the Chem Rx and other pharmacy acquisitions.

 

52


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (Dollars in millions)

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     Increase
(Decrease)
    2011     Increase
(Decrease)
    2012  
    Amount     %  of
Revenues
                Amount     %  of
Revenues
                Amount     % of
Revenues
 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

                   

Total wages, benefits and contract labor

  $ 92.3        5.0   $ 18.0        19.5   $ 110.3        5.3   $ (1.3     (1.2 )%    $ 109.0        5.9

Contracted services

    15.1        0.8        (0.1     (0.7     15.0        0.7        0.8        5.3        15.8        0.9   

Provision for doubtful accounts

    18.5        1.0        6.3        34.1        24.8        1.2        0.4        1.6        25.2        1.4   

Supplies

    6.7        0.4        0.1        1.5        6.8        0.3        (0.4     (5.9     6.4        0.3   

Travel expenses

    5.0        0.3        0.1        2.0        5.1        0.2        (0.1     (2.0     5.0        0.3   

Professional fees

    8.6        0.5        4.7        54.7        13.3        0.6        (2.3     (17.3     11.0        0.6   

Adjudication

    3.1        0.2        1.0        32.3        4.1        0.2        (0.9     (22.0     3.2        0.2   

Stock-based compensation

    4.8        0.3        1.1        22.9        5.9        0.3        0.8        13.6        6.7        0.4   

Depreciation

    10.0        0.5        (0.2     (2.0     9.8        0.5        (0.3     (3.1     9.5        0.5   

Rent

    4.5        0.2        0.3        6.7        4.8        0.2        (0.1     (2.1     4.7        0.3   

Maintenance

    2.6        0.1        0.3        11.5        2.9        0.1        0.5        17.2        3.4        0.2   

Other costs

    11.6        0.6        2.1        18.1        13.7        0.8        1.1        8.0        14.8        0.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total selling, general and administrative expenses

  $ 182.8        9.9   $ 33.7        18.4   $ 216.5        10.4   $ (1.8     (0.8 )%    $ 214.7        11.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease of $1.8 million is due primarily to decreases of $2.3 million in professional fees and $1.3 million in labor costs as a result of a realignment of certain overhead functions, partially offset by an increase of $0.8 million in both contracted services and stock-based compensation. All other costs included in selling, general and administrative expenses increased approximately $0.2 million.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase of $33.7 million is primarily due to higher labor costs of $18.0 million. The labor increase of $18.0 million included $10.9 million of performance based compensation. Bad debt expense increased $6.3 million primarily as a result of the Chem Rx and other pharmacy acquisitions and professional fees increased $4.7 million. All other costs included in selling, general and administrative expenses increased approximately $4.7 million as a result of the acquisitions.

 

53


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation expense for the periods presented is as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     Amount      % of
Revenues
    Amount      % of
Revenues
    Amount      % of
Revenues
 

Leasehold improvements

   $ 1.7         0.1   $ 1.9         0.1   $ 1.6         0.1

Equipment and software

     16.4         0.9        17.4         0.9        16.7         0.9   

Leased equipment

     0.7         NM        0.8         NM        0.3         NM   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation expense

   $ 18.8         1.0   $ 20.1         1.0   $ 18.6         1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense recorded in cost of goods sold

   $ 8.8         0.5   $ 10.3         0.5   $ 9.1         0.5

Depreciation expense recorded in selling, general & administrative expenses

     10.0         0.5        9.8         0.5        9.5         0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation expense

   $ 18.8         1.0   $ 20.1         1.0   $ 18.6         1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditures

   $ 12.6         0.7   $ 13.2         0.6   $ 20.8         1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense decreased $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 as a result of certain equipment and leasehold improvements becoming fully depreciated in 2011 and having no expense in 2012. Additionally, there was a decrease in depreciation on leased equipment of $0.5 million as a result of the capital lease expiration in the first half of 2012.

Depreciation expense increased $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily as a result of a full year of depreciation for the Chem Rx acquisition and the acquisition of Lone Star Pharmacy LTD, a Texas Limited partnership, and Pharmastat Transport, LTD, a Texas limited partnership (collectively, “Lone Star”).

Amortization expense related to certain identifiable intangibles for the periods presented is as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     Amount      % of
Revenues
    Amount      % of
Revenues
    Amount      % of
Revenues
 

Trade names

   $ 1.5         0.1   $ 1.6         0.1   $ 1.7         0.1

Non-compete agreements

     1.8         0.1        1.9         0.1        2.4         0.2   

Customer relationships

     6.0         0.3        7.5         0.3        8.2         0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total amortization expense

   $ 9.3         0.5   $ 11.0         0.5   $ 12.3         0.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense increased $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 as a result of amortization expense recognized primarily on customer relationships acquired through the 2011 Acquisitions. Additionally, more expense was recognized in 2012 compared to 2011 related to short-term non-compete agreements which began in the current year.

Amortization expense increased $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily as a result of a full year of amortization associated with intangibles acquired in the Chem Rx and Lone Star acquisitions.

 

54


Table of Contents

Impairment of intangible assets

During the third quarter of 2011, the Corporation recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $5.1 million related to finite-lived customer relationships. The impairment incurred was the result of non-renewal of certain customer contracts. The impairment was related to intangible assets acquired in an acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2005. These asset groups were assessed for recoverability and management determined the finite-lived customer relationship assets to be impaired. No other assets within the asset groups were deemed impaired. Using a discounted cash flow analysis, the Corporation determined that the pre-tax impairment charge of $5.1 million was required to write the carrying value down to fair value, resulting in a loss per diluted share impact of $0.11. The Corporation recognized the impairment as a permanent write-down of the cost basis and accumulated amortization of the affected assets.

Merger, Acquisition, Integration Costs and Other Charges (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

Merger, integration costs and other charges:

      

Pre-Pharmacy transaction litigation matters

   $ 5.0      $ (2.0   $ —     

IT Transition costs

     —          —          3.0   

Tender offer costs

     —          2.8        1.9   

Professional and advisory fees

     2.3        0.9        3.2   

General and administrative

     0.7        0.1        —     

Employee costs

     0.5        0.2        0.2   

Severance costs

     0.6        0.2        0.1   

Facility costs

     0.3        0.2        0.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     9.4        2.4        9.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition related costs:

      

Professional and advisory fees

     3.5        4.9        7.7   

General and administrative

     1.5        0.8        0.2   

Employee costs

     0.4        2.9        2.4   

Severance costs

     —          1.7        (0.3

Facility costs

     1.3        1.7        0.6   

Contingent consideration

     (1.7     —          —     

Other

     0.2        0.9        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5.2        12.9        10.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges

   $ 14.6      $ 15.3      $ 19.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Negative effect on diluted earnings per share

   $ (0.29   $ (0.32   $ (0.40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Corporation incurred integration costs and other charges during the year ended December 31, 2012 related to costs incurred as a result of Omnicare’s unsolicited tender offer including legal, investment banking and other fees along with other costs related to costs to convert data and integrate systems. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, $2.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively, of tender offer costs were incurred. The Corporation does not anticipate that any additional tender offer costs will be incurred as the tender offer expired on February 21, 2012.

Integration costs increased $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 due primarily to the reversal of an estimated liability in 2011. During the second quarter of 2010, the Corporation recorded an estimated liability of $5.0 million related to certain claims arising from time periods prior to July 31, 2007. During the third quarter of 2011, the Corporation was informed that one claim would not be pursued. Therefore, the Corporation reversed $2.0 million of the estimated liability. In addition, the Corporation incurred costs and other charges of $3.0 million in 2012 related to the IT Transition.

 

55


Table of Contents

Acquisition costs decreased $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.

Acquisition and related costs were higher for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 due to the continuing costs associated with the Chem Rx acquisition. In addition, professional and advisory fees were higher as a result of the 2011 acquisitions and other pipeline acquisition opportunities.

In the year ended December 31, 2010 the Corporation concluded a contingent consideration of $1.7 million was not met and therefore reversed the liability. The contingent consideration represented a future earn-out associated with our acquisition of an institutional pharmacy business based in West Virginia. The liability was relieved as of December 31, 2010 when it became apparent the contingent consideration would not be paid. The Corporation assessed the fair value of the liability through the date of determination which was August 10, 2012 when it was concluded that the gross profit requirement for the payout of the contingent consideration was not met.

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

In October 2012, Hurricane Sandy caused significant damage on Long Island, New York and surrounding areas. The financial impacts of the storm to the Corporation’s Long Beach facility (“Long Beach”) as well as damage and disruption at our customers facilities included lower revenue estimated at $8.6 million due to the inability to operate at full capacity during the recovery period. In addition, the Corporation has incurred actual losses as follows for the year ended December 31, 2012 (dollars in millions):

 

Fixed assets

   $ 1.6   

Excess operating costs

     1.4   

Inventory

     1.3   

Contractual and bad debt expense

     1.0   

Business continuation

     0.8   

Restoration

     0.5   

Professional fees

     0.2   

Employee costs

     0.1   

Insurance recoverable

     (2.4
  

 

 

 

Total net costs associated with Hurricane Sandy

   $ 4.5   
  

 

 

 

Negative effect on diluted earnings per share

   $ (0.09
  

 

 

 

The Corporation expects a portion of the cost associated with Hurricane Sandy to be covered by insurance. While the exact amount has not been determined, the Corporation’s current estimate of covered losses, net of its $1.0 million deductible, is approximately $2.4 million. After consideration of a $1.0 million advance by the insurance carrier the Corporation has recorded a receivable for $1.4 million which is included in prepaids and other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. The actual recovery will vary depending on the outcome of the insurance loss adjustment process. Accordingly, no offsetting benefit for insurance recoveries above the amount of the loss shown in the 2012 results was recorded. Additionally, the Corporation allocated $1.4 million of certain operating costs and $1.0 million in bad debt expense and contractual revenue adjustments, associated with lost business and customers to Hurricane Sandy disaster costs in the consolidated income statement.

 

56


Table of Contents

Interest Expense (Dollars in millions)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
       2010         2011         2012    

Interest expense:

      

Term Debt

   $ 2.8      $ 6.0      $ 7.4   

Revolving Credit Facility

     0.4        2.0        1.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal (including commitment fees and letters of credit fees)

     3.2        8.0        9.0   

Other:

      

Interest income

     (0.2     —          —     

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     0.6        0.8        1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense, net

   $ 3.6      $ 8.8      $ 10.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate (excluding applicable margin):

      

Average interest rate on variable term debt

     0.28     0.52     0.36

LIBOR—1month, at beginning of period

     0.23     0.26     0.30

LIBOR—1month, at end of period

     0.26     0.30     0.21

Interest expense increased $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 due to higher interest rates, partially offset by lower interest on the revolving credit facility due to the lower average outstanding balance. The Corporation’s interest rate on its borrowings increased from London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBO Rate” or “LIBOR”) plus 1.0% to LIBOR plus 2.75% on May 2, 2011 due to the Corporation’s refinancing activities in the second quarter 2011, which paid off the 2007 credit agreement and replaced it with the Credit Agreement dated May 2, 2011. Long-term debt, including the current portion, was $300.0 million and $315.5 million as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Interest expense increased $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, due to the increase in long-term debt and the revolving credit facility, along with higher interest rates during the period. The Corporation’s interest rate on its borrowings increased from LIBOR plus 1.0% at December 31, 2010 to LIBOR plus 2.75% at December 31, 2011 due to the Corporation’s refinancing activities in the second quarter of 2011, which paid off the 2007 credit agreement and replaced it with the Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2011. Long-term debt, including the current portion, was $245.6 million and $300.0 million as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Tax Provision (Dollars in millions)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

Tax provision

   $ 13.0      $ 14.8      $ 15.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision as a percentage of income

     40.2     38.7     40.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 40.9%, which was comprised of the 35.0% federal rate, 4.2% for the state rate, and 1.7% for permanent differences and other discrete items. The rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 was unfavorably impacted by the impact of Hurricane Sandy and non-deductible transaction costs related to the Amerita acquisition. Exclusive of these adjustments, the effective rate for the period ended December 31, 2012 would have been 40.2%, comprised of 35.0% federal rate, 4.2% for the state rate and 1.0% for the permanent differences and other discrete items.

Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 38.7%, which was comprised of the 35.0% federal rate, 4.5% for the state rate, and a net benefit of 0.8% related to reserve releases for unrecognized tax benefits, permanent differences and other discrete items. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 40.2%, which was comprised of the 35.0% federal rate and 5.2 % for the state rate, permanent differences and other discrete items.

 

57


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The primary sources of liquidity for the Corporation are cash flows from operations and the availability under the Credit Agreement. Historically, the Corporation has used substantially all of its’ available cash to make acquisitions. In addition, due to the availability of net operating loss carryforwards, the Corporation has historically not been a tax paying entity. However, the federal net operating loss carryforwards have now been fully utilized and therefore the Corporation will also be using cash for tax paying purposes. Based upon our existing cash levels, expected operating cash flows, capital spending, potential future acquisitions, and the availability of funds under our revolving credit facility, we believe that we have the necessary financial resources to satisfy our expected short-term and long-term liquidity needs.

Cash Flows—The following table presents selected data from our consolidated statements of cash flows for the periods presented (dollars in millions):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 98.2      $ 26.8      $ 85.7   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (133.2     (64.0     (105.3

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (5.4     43.8        14.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (40.4     6.6        (5.1

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     51.2        10.8        17.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 10.8      $ 17.4      $ 12.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities—Cash provided by operating activities aggregated $85.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $26.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cash provided by operating activities compared to the prior period is a result of an increase in accounts receivable collections and a decrease in cash used for inventory and accounts payable primarily resulting from a decrease in revenue. These increases are partially offset by cash used for taxes of $12.6 million and $10.8 million of cash used for items related to Hurricane Sandy, which includes an estimated $7.8 million of decreased cash collections. Also, for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the 2012 period there were additional payments of $42.3 million to AmerisourceBergen as a result of 2011 containing an additional Friday and an adjustment of Chem Rx’s payment terms, relating to the Amended Prime Vendor Agreement, thus lowering the 2011 cash from operations.

Cash provided by operating activities aggregated $26.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $98.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities compared to the prior period is a result of the increase in inventory purchases as a result of the Corporation implementing changes in its branded pharmaceutical purchasing practices and an increase in rebate receivables from AmerisourceBergen under the Amended Prime Vendor Agreement. The change in purchasing provides the Corporation with the opportunity to maximize its gross margin on certain pharmaceuticals. Also, for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the prior period there were additional payments of $42.3 million to AmerisourceBergen as a result of 2011 containing an additional Friday and an adjustment of Chem Rx’s payment terms, relating to the Amended Prime Vendor Agreement.

Investing Activities— Cash used in investing activities aggregated $105.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $64.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in investing activities compared to prior period is due primarily to the $84.0 million acquisition of Amerita on December 13, 2012. In addition, capital expenditures increased over prior period due to the purchase of computer hardware and software necessary for the IT Transition.

 

58


Table of Contents

Cash used in investing activities aggregated $64.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $133.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in investing activities compared to prior period is due primarily to the decrease in pharmacy acquisitions of $69.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the prior period. The decrease in cost of acquisitions was partially offset by increased capital expenditures.

Financing Activities— Cash provided by financing activities aggregated $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $43.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The Corporation paid $6.3 million on the term loan during 2012 as compared to the prior year when the Corporation borrowed a net $10.0 million on the term loan in conjunction with the refinancing. The Corporation had net borrowings of $21.7 million on its revolver, including $58.5 million during 2012 for the acquisition of Amerita. In 2011, the Corporation had net borrowings on the revolver of $44.4 million. Additionally, in 2011 the Corporation paid $9.8 million in debt issuance costs related to the Credit Agreement.

Cash provided by financing activities aggregated $43.8 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to cash used in financing activities of $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is primarily due to additional borrowings and financing costs associated with the Credit Agreement entered into on May 2, 2011 and revolver borrowings to fund the aforementioned inventory purchases and acquisition.

Credit Agreement

On May 2, 2011, the Corporation entered into a long-term credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) among the Corporation, the Lenders named therein, and Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”), as Administrative Agent. The Credit Agreement consists of a $250.0 million term loan facility and a $200.0 million revolving credit facility. The terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement are customary to facilities of this nature. Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement matures on June 30, 2016, at which time the commitments of the Lenders to make revolving loans also expire.

The Credit Agreement requires term loan principal payments by the Corporation in an amount of $3.1 million on the last business day of each quarter beginning September 2012 through June 2015 and $53.1 million on the last business day of each quarter beginning September 2015 through June 2016. The final principal repayment installment of term loans shall be repaid on the term maturity date, June 30, 2016. In addition, the term loan is subject to certain prepayment obligations relating to certain asset sales, certain casualty losses and the incurrence by the Corporation of certain indebtedness.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a floating rate equal to, at the Corporation’s option, a base rate plus a margin between 1.25% and 2.00% per annum, or an adjusted LIBO Rate plus a margin between 2.25% and 3.00% per annum, in each case depending on the leverage ratio of the Corporation as defined by the Credit Agreement. The base rate is the greater of the prime lending rate in effect on such day, the federal funds effective rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on such day plus 0.5%, or the adjusted LIBO Rate for deposits for a period equal to one month plus 1.0%. Any changes in the base rate, federal funds rate or adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the rate, as applicable. The Credit Agreement also provides for letter of credit fees between 2.25% and 3.00%, plus a fronting fee payable to the letter of credit issuing bank, and a commitment fee payable on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility, which shall accrue at a rate per annum ranging from 0.375% to 0.50%, in each case depending on the leverage ratio of the Corporation.

The Corporation’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Corporation’s assets. Those obligations are guaranteed by many of the Corporation’s wholly-owned subsidiaries and the obligations of the guarantors are secured by substantially all of their assets. The foregoing includes a pledge of all of the equity interests of substantially all of the Corporation’s direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries and a portion of the equity interests of any future foreign subsidiaries.

 

59


Table of Contents

The Corporation had a total of $243.8 million outstanding of term debt under the Credit Agreement and $71.7 outstanding balance under the revolving portion of the Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2012. The Credit Agreement provides for the issuance of letters of credit which, when issued, constitute usage and reduce availability on the revolving portion of the Credit Agreement. The amount of letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2012 was $2.0 million. After giving effect to the letters of credit and amounts outstanding under the revolving credit agreement, total availability under the revolving credit facility was $126.3 million as of December 31, 2012. The revolving credit facility contains a $100.0 million accordion feature, which permits the Corporation to increase the total debt capacity, up to an aggregate of $543.8 million, subject to securing additional commitments from existing or new lenders.

Covenants

The Credit Agreement requires the Corporation to satisfy an interest coverage ratio and a leverage ratio. The interest coverage ratio, which is tested as of the last day of any fiscal quarter on a trailing four quarter basis, can be no less than: 3.00:1.00. The leverage ratio, which also is tested quarterly, cannot exceed 4.00:1.00 from the end of the first full fiscal quarter ending after the effective date, through the quarter ending December 31, 2012; cannot exceed 3.75:1.00 for each of the four quarters in the year ending December 31, 2013; and cannot exceed 3.50:1.00 for all remaining quarters through the expiration of the Credit Agreement. In addition, capital expenditures (other than those funded with proceeds of asset sales or insurance proceeds) are restricted in any fiscal year to 3.0% of revenues.

 

     Interest Coverage Ratio      Leverage Ratio      Capital Expenditures  

Requirement

     >=3.00 to 1.00         <=4.00 to 1.00         <=3.00

December 31, 2011

     11.99         2.44         0.63

December 31, 2012

     11.07         2.54         1.14

In addition, the Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, which among other things, limit the Corporation’s ability to incur additional debt, create liens, pay cash dividends, effect transactions with the Corporation’s affiliates, sell assets, pay subordinated debt, merge, consolidate, enter into acquisitions, and effect sale leaseback transactions.

Deferred Financing Fees

The Corporation capitalized a total of $9.8 million in deferred financing fees associated with the Credit Agreement and recorded them as other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation had $8.3 million of unamortized deferred financing fees. The Corporation amortizes these deferred financing fees using the effective interest method for fees associated with the term debt and the straight-line method for fees associated with the revolving credit facility.

Prime Vendor Agreement

On January 4, 2011, the Corporation entered into an Amended and Restated Prime Vendor Agreement for Long-Term Care Pharmacies (the “Amended Prime Vendor Agreement”) by and between ABDC, a wholly owned subsidiary of AmerisourceBergen Corporation, the Corporation, Pharmacy Corporation of America and Chem Rx Pharmacy Services, LLC. On January 25, 2013 the Corporation renegotiated its Amended Prime Vendor Agreement with AmerisourceBergen effective January 1, 2013. The First Amendment to the Amended Prime Vendor Agreement (the “First Amendment”) modifies the previous agreement, which was set to expire September 30, 2013 and extends its term until September 30, 2016.

The First Amendment requires the Corporation to purchase certain levels of brand and non-injectable generic drugs from ABDC. The First Amendment does provide the flexibility for the Corporation to contract with other suppliers. If the Corporation fails to adhere to the contractual purchase provisions ABDC has the ability to increase the Corporation’s drug pricing under the terms of the First Amendment.

 

60


Table of Contents

We also obtain pharmaceutical and other products from contracts negotiated directly with pharmaceutical manufacturers for discounted prices. While the loss of a supplier could adversely affect our business if alternate sources of supply are unavailable, numerous sources of supply are generally available to us and we have not experienced any difficulty in obtaining pharmaceuticals or other products and supplies to conduct our business.

We seek to maintain an on-site inventory of pharmaceuticals and supplies to ensure prompt delivery to our customers. ABDC maintains local distribution facilities in most major geographic markets in which we operate.

Treasury Stock

In August 2010, the Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase of up to $25.0 million of the Corporation’s common stock, of which $10.5 million was used. On July 2, 2012 the Board of Directors authorized an increase to the remaining portion of the existing stock repurchase program that will allow the Corporation to again purchase back up to a maximum of $25.0 million of the Corporation’s common stock. Share repurchases under this authorization may be made in the open market through unsolicited or solicited privately negotiated transactions, or in such other appropriate manner, and will be funded from available cash. The amount and timing of the repurchases, if any, will be determined by the Corporation’s management and will depend on a variety of factors including price, corporate and regulatory requirements, capital availability and other market conditions. Common stock acquired through the stock repurchase program will be held as treasury shares and may be used for general corporate purposes, including reissuances in connection with acquisitions, employee stock option exercises or other employee stock plans. The share repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be limited, terminated or extended at any time without prior notice.

The Corporation purchased 82,801 shares under the program during the year ended December 31, 2012 for an aggregate purchase price, including commissions, of $1.0 million at an average purchase price of $11.96 per share. The Corporation may redeem shares from employees upon the vesting of the Corporation’s stock awards for minimum statutory tax withholding purposes. The Corporation redeemed 23,364 shares of certain vested awards for an aggregate price of approximately $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. These shares have also been designated by the Corporation as treasury stock.

As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation had a total of 1,456,293 shares held as treasury stock.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, other than purchase commitments and lease obligations. See “Contractual Obligations” below.

Contractual Obligations

The Corporation is obligated to make future payments under various contracts such as long-term purchase obligations, debt agreements, and lease agreements, and has certain commitments. The Corporation has grouped these contractual obligations and off-balance sheet arrangements into operating activities, financing activities, and investing activities in the same manner as they are classified in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in order to provide a better understanding of the nature of the obligations and arrangements and to provide a basis for comparison to historical information.

 

61


Table of Contents

The table below provides a summary of contractual obligations and off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2012 (dollars in millions):

 

     2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      Thereafter  

Operating activities:

                 

Amended Prime Vendor Agreement (1)

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $  —         $  —     

Non-cancelable operating leases

     15.2         10.1         7.9         6.0         4.6         9.4   

Financing activities:

                 

Total debt and estimated interest (2) (3)

     19.1         18.7         118.0         179.0         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 34.3       $ 28.8       $ 125.9       $ 185.0       $ 4.6       $ 9.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Under the First Amendment to the Amended Prime Vendor Agreement the Corporation is required to purchase a certain percentage of its drug purchases through AmerisourceBergen through September 30, 2016.
(2) At December 31, 2012, the Corporation had $71.7 million outstanding on the revolving credit facility and the balance is included in the 2015 column as a long-term obligation.
(3) Estimated interest amounts do not include interest on the revolving credit facility, as the interest rate is variable and the timing and amounts are uncertain.

 

62


Table of Contents

Supplemental Quarterly Information

The following tables represent the results of the Corporation’s quarterly operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 (in millions, except where indicated):

 

    2011 Quarters     2012 Quarters  
    First     Second     Third     Fourth     First     Second     Third     Fourth  

Net revenues:

               

Institutional pharmacy revenues

  $ 519.6      $ 516.0      $ 503.0      $ 480.0      $ 482.8      $ 442.3      $ 426.2      $ 413.0   

Hospital management and other revenues

    15.5        15.7        15.7        15.6        16.1        16.2        15.8        20.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    535.1        531.7        518.7        495.6        498.9        458.5        442.0        433.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold:

               

Institutional pharmacy

    455.4        441.1        429.3        405.6        412.0        368.2        351.9        340.4   

Hospital management and other

    13.5        13.7        13.8        13.8        14.3        14.4        14.0        17.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of goods sold

    468.9        454.8        443.1        419.4        426.3        382.6        365.9        357.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit:

               

Institutional pharmacy

    64.2        74.9        73.7        74.4        70.8        74.1        74.3        72.6   

Hospital management and other

    2.0        2.0        1.9        1.8        1.8        1.8        1.8        3.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

    66.2        76.9        75.6        76.2        72.6        75.9        76.1        75.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

    52.1        55.6        55.0        53.8        52.4        54.9        54.5        52.9   

Amortization expense

    2.7        2.7        3.0        2.6        2.8        3.0        3.2        3.3   

Impairment of intangible assets

    —          —          5.1        —          —          —          —          —     

Merger, acquisition, integration costs, and other charges

    4.7        5.1        1.8        3.7        5.4        2.8        6.1        5.6   

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          4.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    6.7        13.5        10.7        16.1        12.0        15.2        12.3        9.3   

Interest expense, net

    1.1        2.6        2.6        2.5        2.7        2.5        2.4        2.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    5.6        10.9        8.1        13.6        9.3        12.7        9.9        6.9   

Provision for income taxes

    2.3        3.5        3.3        5.7        3.7        5.1        3.9        3.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 3.3      $ 7.4      $ 4.8      $ 7.9      $ 5.6      $ 7.6      $ 6.0      $ 3.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (1):

               

Basic

  $ 0.11      $ 0.25      $ 0.16      $ 0.27      $ 0.19      $ 0.26      $ 0.20      $ 0.13   

Diluted

  $ 0.11      $ 0.25      $ 0.16      $ 0.27      $ 0.19      $ 0.26      $ 0.20      $ 0.12   

Adjusted diluted earnings per diluted share (1)(2):

  $ 0.20      $ 0.33      $ 0.31      $ 0.35      $ 0.30      $ 0.32      $ 0.33      $ 0.33   

Shares used in computing earnings per share:

               

Basic

    29.3        29.3        29.4        29.4        29.4        29.5        29.5        29.5   

Diluted

    29.4        29.4        29.5        29.6        29.7        29.7        29.8        30.0   

Balance sheet data:

               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 12.3      $ 14.6      $ 10.3      $ 17.4      $ 6.7      $ 12.0      $ 49.5      $ 12.3   

Working capital (3)

  $ 295.5      $ 334.6      $ 336.7      $ 348.4      $ 330.0      $ 316.6      $ 323.2      $ 323.3   

Goodwill (3)

  $ 193.9      $ 186.8      $ 183.4      $ 214.9      $ 214.9      $ 214.9      $ 214.9      $ 268.2   

Intangible assets, net

  $ 100.3      $ 100.8      $ 93.1      $ 100.2      $ 97.8      $ 95.7      $ 94.0      $ 121.9   

Total assets (3)

  $ 784.7      $ 823.4      $ 787.6      $ 834.0      $ 800.7      $ 782.3      $ 798.2      $ 885.7   

Long-term debt

  $ 244.3      $ 274.0      $ 257.9      $ 300.0      $ 272.1      $ 250.0      $ 243.8      $ 315.5   

Total stockholders’ equity

  $ 389.2      $ 398.3      $ 404.5      $ 413.8      $ 420.8      $ 429.7      $ 437.3      $ 442.6   

Supplemental information:

               

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ 19.2      $ 26.3      $ 25.4      $ 27.6      $ 25.0      $ 25.5      $ 26.2      $ 27.4   

Adjusted EBITDA Margin (2)

    3.6     4.9     4.9     5.6     5.0     5.6     5.9     6.3

Adjusted EBITDA per prescription dispensed (2)

  $ 1.78      $ 2.48      $ 2.45      $ 2.78      $ 2.48      $ 2.58      $ 2.70      $ 2.87   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 5.4      $ (5.1   $ 12.0      $ 14.5      $ 19.9      $ 31.9      $ 51.4      $ 85.7   

Net cash used in investing activities

  $ (2.4   $ (12.3   $ (3.1   $ (46.2   $ (2.4   $ (4.6   $ (7.0   $ (105.3

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  $ (1.5   $ 19.7      $ (13.2   $ 38.8      $ (28.2   $ (22.0   $ (6.9   $ 14.5   

Statistical information (in whole numbers except where indicated)

               

Institutional Pharmacy

               

Financial Data

               

Prescriptions dispensed (in thousands)

    10,769        10,607        10,357        9,944        10,085        9,879        9,711        9,537   

Revenue per prescription dispensed

  $ 48.25      $ 48.65      $ 48.57      $ 48.27      $ 47.87      $ 44.77      $ 43.89      $ 43.31   

Gross profit per prescription dispensed

  $ 5.96      $ 7.06      $ 7.12      $ 7.48      $ 7.02      $ 7.50      $ 7.65      $ 7.61   

Institutional pharmacy gross margin

    12.3     14.5     14.7     15.5     14.7     16.8     17.3     17.6

Generic drug dispensing rate (4)

    79.4     79.4     79.6     80.0     80.9     83.2     84.4     84.8

Customer licensed beds under contract

               

Beginning of period

    361,154        355,666        350,871        339,946        337,213        330,889        323,524        320,009   

Additions

    5,479        6,552        4,134        14,295        5,008        5,136        5,654        5,400   

Losses

    (10,967     (11,347     (15,059     (17,028     (11,332     (12,501     (9,169     (18,401
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

    355,666        350,871        339,946        337,213        330,889        323,524        320,009        307,008   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Hospital management contracts serviced

    90        90        90        91        90        91        89        89   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Corporation has never declared a cash dividend. Earnings per common share in actual cents.
(2) See “Use of Non-GAAP Measures For Measuring Quarterly Results” for a definition and Reconciliation of Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Common Share to Earnings Per Diluted Common Share, and for Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA and Margin.
(3) As adjusted, see Note 2—Acquisitions in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(4) Single source generic drugs, previously classified as brand drugs, are now being classified as generics for purposes of the generic dispensing calculation for all prior periods.

 

63


Table of Contents

Use of Non-GAAP Measures for Measuring Quarterly Results

The Corporation calculates Adjusted EBITDA as provided in the reconciliation below and calculates Adjusted EBITDA Margin by taking Adjusted EBITDA and dividing it by revenues. The Corporation calculates and uses Adjusted EBITDA as an indicator of its ability to generate cash from reported operating results. The measurement is used in concert with net income and cash flows from operating activities, which measure actual cash generated in the period. In addition, the Corporation believes that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are supplemental measurement tools used by analysts and investors to help evaluate overall operating performance and the ability to incur and service debt and make capital expenditures. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the Credit Agreement, is used in conjunction with the Corporation’s debt leverage ratio and this calculation sets the applicable margin for the quarterly interest charge. Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the Credit Agreement, is not the same calculation as this Adjusted EBITDA table. Adjusted EBITDA does not represent funds available for the Corporation’s discretionary use and is not intended to represent or to be used as a substitute for net income or cash flows from operating activities data as measured under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA but included in the calculation of the Corporation’s reported net income and cash flows from operating activities are significant components of the accompanying consolidated income statements and cash flows, and must be considered in performing a comprehensive assessment of overall financial performance. The Corporation’s calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be consistent with calculations of EBITDA used by other companies. The following are reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA to the Corporation’s net income and net operating cash flows for the periods presented.

The Corporation calculates and uses adjusted diluted earnings per share, which is exclusive of the impact of merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges, Hurricane Sandy disaster costs, impairment of intangible assets, and tax accounting matters as an indicator of its core operating results. The measurement is used in concert with net income and diluted earnings per share, which measure actual earnings per share generated in the period. The Corporation believes the exclusion of these charges in expressing earnings per share provides management with a useful measure to assess period to period comparability and is useful to investors in evaluating the Corporation’s operating results from period to period. Adjusted diluted earnings per share, which is exclusive of the impact of merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges, Hurricane Sandy disaster costs, impairment of intangible assets, and tax accounting matters does not represent the amount that effectively accrues directly to stockholders (i.e., such costs are a reduction in earnings and stockholders’ equity) and is not intended to represent or to be used as a substitute for earnings per diluted common share as measured under GAAP. The impact of merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges, Hurricane Sandy disaster costs, impairment of intangible assets, and tax accounting matters excluded from the earnings per diluted share are significant components of the accompanying consolidated income statements and must be considered in performing a comprehensive assessment of overall financial performance. The following is a reconciliation of adjusted diluted earnings per share to the Corporation’s GAAP earnings per diluted common share for the periods presented.

 

64


Table of Contents

Unaudited Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA

 

     2011 Quarters     2012 Quarters  
     First     Second     Third     Fourth     First     Second     Third     Fourth  

Net income

   $ 3.3      $ 7.4      $ 4.8      $ 7.9      $ 5.6      $ 7.6      $ 6.0      $ 3.7   

Add:

                

Interest expense, net

     1.1        2.6        2.6        2.5        2.7        2.5        2.4        2.4   

Merger, acquisition, integration cost and other charges

     4.7        5.1        1.8        3.7        5.4        2.8        6.1        5.6   

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          4.5   

Provision for income taxes

     2.3        3.5        3.3        5.7        3.7        5.1        3.9        3.2   

Impairment of intangible assets

     —          —          5.1        —          —          —          —          —     

Depreciation and amortization expense

     7.8        7.7        7.8        7.8        7.6        7.5        7.8        8.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 19.2      $ 26.3      $ 25.4      $ 27.6      $ 25.0      $ 25.5      $ 26.2      $ 27.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     3.6     4.9     4.9     5.6     5.0     5.6     5.9     6.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Unaudited Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Operating Cash Flows   
     2011 Quarters     2012 Quarters  
     First     Second     Third     Fourth     First     Second     Third     Fourth  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 19.2      $ 26.3      $ 25.4      $ 27.6      $ 25.0      $ 25.5      $ 26.2      $ 27.4   

Interest expense, net

     (1.1     (2.6     (2.6     (2.5     (2.7     (2.5     (2.4     (2.4

Provision for income taxes

     (2.3     (3.5     (3.3     (5.7     (3.7     (5.1     (3.9     (3.2

Merger, acquisition, integration cost and other charges

     (4.4     (4.7     (1.3     (3.4     (3.8     (2.5     (5.8     (6.5

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (3.0

Provision for bad debt

     5.4        5.8        6.4        7.2        6.2        6.2        7.3        5.5   

Stock-based compensation and deferred compensation

     1.5        1.8        1.3        1.4        1.8        1.2        2.6        1.5   

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     0.2        0.3        0.2        0.1        0.2        0.2        0.3        0.3   

Deferred income taxes

     2.3        4.6        2.9        4.1        2.6        3.4        (2.1     (1.1

Loss (gain) on disposition of equipment

     0.1        0.1        0.1        (0.2     (0.1     —          —          0.2   

Other

     —          —          (0.2     0.4        (0.2     0.2        0.1        0.1   

Changes in assets and liabilities

     (15.4     (33.2     (16.9     (14.5     (5.2     5.2        29.4        (36.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities

   $ 5.4      $ (5.1   $ 12.0      $ 14.5      $ 20.1      $ 31.8      $ 51.7      $ (17.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Unaudited Reconciliation of Diluted Earnings Per Share to Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share   
     2011 Quarters     2012 Quarters  
     First     Second     Third     Fourth     First     Second     Third     Fourth  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 0.11      $ 0.25      $ 0.16      $ 0.27      $ 0.19      $ 0.26      $ 0.20      $ 0.12   

Add:

                

Diluted earnings per share impact of:

                

Impairment of intangible assets

     —          —          0.11        —          —          —          —          —     

Merger, acquisition, integration cost and other charges

     0.09        0.12        0.04        0.07        0.11        0.06        0.13        0.11   

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          0.09   

Tax accounting matters

     —          (0.04     —          0.01        —          —          —          0.01   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

   $ 0.20      $ 0.33      $ 0.31      $ 0.35      $ 0.30      $ 0.32      $ 0.33      $ 0.33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

Following Represent the Fourth Quarter 2012 Results compared to the Fourth Quarter 2011

Results of Operations

The following table presents selected consolidated comparative results of operations and statistical information for the periods presented (dollars in millions):

 

    Quarter Ended  
    December  31,
2011
    Increase (Decrease)     December  31,
2012
 
    Amount     % of Total
Revenues
                Amount     % of Total
Revenues
 

Net revenues

           

Institutional Pharmacy

  $ 480.0        96.9   $ (67.0     (14.0 )%    $ 413.0        95.3

Hospital Management and other

    15.6        3.1        4.6        29.5        20.2        4.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

    495.6        100.0        (62.4     (12.6     433.2        100.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

           

Institutional Pharmacy

    405.6        81.8        (65.2     (16.1     340.4        78.5   

Hospital Management and other

    13.8        2.8        3.4        24.6        17.2        4.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of goods sold

    419.4        84.6        (61.8     (14.7     357.6        82.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

           

Institutional Pharmacy

    74.4        15.1        (1.8     (2.4     72.6        16.8   

Hospital Management and other

    1.8        0.3        1.2        66.7        3.0        0.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

  $ 76.2        15.4   $ (0.6     (0.8 )%    $ 75.6        17.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Institutional Pharmacy (in whole numbers except where indicated)

           

Financial data

           

Prescriptions dispensed (in thousands)

    9,944          (407     (4.1 )%      9,537     

Revenue per prescription dispensed

  $ 48.27        $ (4.96     (10.3 )%    $ 43.31     

Gross profit per prescription dispensed

  $ 7.48        $ 0.13        1.7   $ 7.61     

Institutional pharmacy gross margin

    15.5       2.1     13.5     17.6  

Generic dispensing rate*

    80.0       4.8     6.0     84.8  

Customer licensed beds under contract

           

Beginning of period

    339,946          (19,937     (5.9 )%      320,009     

Additions

    14,295          (8,895     (62.2     5,400     

Losses

    (17,028       (1,373     (8.1     (18,401  
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

End of period

    337,213          (30,205     (9.0 )%      307,008     
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Hospital Management (in whole numbers except where indicated)

           

Volume information

           

Hospital management contracts serviced

    91          (2.0     (2.2 )%      89     

 

* Single source generic drugs, previously classified as brand drugs, are now being classified as generics for purposes of the generic dispensing rate calculation in all periods.

Revenues

Institutional pharmacy revenues decreased $67.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2011 due primarily to the continued wave of drugs converting from brand to generic and a net decline in customer licensed beds under contract of 30,205. Additionally, the Corporation experienced an estimated $8.6 million of lost revenues resulting from Hurricane Sandy and the

 

66


Table of Contents

Corporation’s inability to operate at full capacity following the storm. The decrease of $67.0 million is comprised of an unfavorable volume variance of approximately $19.7 million or 407,000 less prescriptions dispensed and an unfavorable rate variance of approximately $47.3 million or $4.96 decrease per prescription dispensed. The rate variance was comprised of an increase of approximately $19.7 million due to inflation on brand name drugs dispensed between periods offset by reduced reimbursement rates on generics and certain pricing concessions and a decrease of approximately $67.0 million due to the increase in the generic dispensing rate from 80.0% to 84.8%.

The increase in hospital management and other revenues of $4.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2011 was due to the purchase of Amerita in December 2012 and an overall increase in pass through costs partially offset by two less hospitals serviced during the period.

Cost of Goods Sold

Institutional pharmacy cost of goods sold decreased $65.2 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to a decrease in overall total drug costs associated with fewer prescriptions dispensed and certain brand-name drugs that recently went generic. The decrease of $65.2 million is comprised of a volume variance of $16.6 million and a rate variance of $48.6 million. Drug costs as a percentage of revenue decreased 432 bps as a result of rebates and the brand to generic conversions. Other costs included in cost of goods sold decreased in overall dollars but increased as a percentage of revenues 222 bps, of which the increase primarily related to salaries and wages expense increasing as a percentage of revenue by 154 bps and delivery fees as a percentage of revenues increasing by 25 bps, along with other smaller increases in various items.

Hospital management and other cost of goods sold increased $3.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due primarily to the acquisition of Amerita on December 13, 2012 along with overall increase in pass through costs partially offset by two less hospitals serviced during the period.

Gross Profit and Operating Expenses

Gross profit and other operating expenses were the following for the periods presented (dollars in millions):

 

     Quarter Ended  
     December 31,
2011
    Increase (Decrease)     December 31,
2012
 
     Amount      % of
Revenue
                Amount      % of
Revenue
 

Gross profit and operating expenses:

              

Total gross profit

   $ 76.2         15.4   $ (0.6     (0.8 )%    $ 75.6         17.5

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     53.8         10.9        (0.9     (1.7     52.9         12.2   

Amortization expense

     2.6         0.5        0.7        26.9        3.3         0.8   

Merger, acquisition, integration costs, and other charges

     3.7         0.7        1.9        51.4        5.6         1.3   

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

     —           —          4.5        100.0        4.5         1.0   

Interest expense, net

     2.5         0.5        (0.1     (4.0     2.4         0.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     13.6         2.8        (6.7     (49.3     6.9         1.6   

Provision for income taxes

     5.7         1.2        (2.5     (43.9     3.2         0.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 7.9         1.6   $ (4.2     (53.2 )%    $ 3.7         0.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

Institutional pharmacy gross profit for the three months ended December 31, 2012 was $72.6 million or $7.61 per prescription dispensed compared to $74.4 million or $7.48 per prescription dispensed for the three months ended December 31, 2011. Institutional pharmacy gross profit margin for the three months ended December 31, 2012 was 17.6% compared to 15.5% for the three months ended December 31, 2011. Institutional pharmacy gross profit margin was positively impacted by higher margins on certain brand-name drugs that recently went generic resulting in decreases in overall drug costs and higher rebates as a percent of revenues.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (Dollars in millions)

 

     Quarter Ended  
     December 31, 2011     Increase
(Decrease)
    December 31, 2012  
     Amount      % of
Revenue
          Amount      % of
Revenue
 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

              

Total wages, benefits and contract labor

   $ 25.1         5.1   $ 2.4        9.6   $ 27.5         6.4

Contracted services

     3.7         0.8        0.6        16.2        4.3         1.0   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     7.2         1.5        (1.7     (23.6     5.5         1.3   

Supplies

     1.7         0.3        (0.2     (11.8     1.5         0.3   

Travel expenses

     1.4         0.3        (0.2     (14.3     1.2         0.3   

Professional fees

     4.2         0.8        (2.7     (64.3     1.5         0.3   

Adjudication expense

     1.1         0.2        (0.3     (27.3     0.8         0.2   

Stock-based compensation

     1.4         0.3        0.2        14.3        1.6         0.4   

Depreciation

     2.6         0.5        (0.2     (7.7     2.4         0.6   

Rent

     1.2         0.2        —          —          1.2         0.3   

Maintenance

     0.6         0.1        0.4        66.7        1.0         0.2   

Other costs

     3.6         0.8        0.8        22.2        4.4         0.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 53.8         10.9   $ (0.9     (1.7 )%    $ 52.9         12.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $0.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012, compared to the three months ended December 31, 2011. The decrease of $0.9 million is due primarily to a $2.7 million decrease in professional fees along with a decrease of $1.7 million in bad debt expense, partially offset by $2.4 million increase in labor costs. All other costs included in selling, general and administrative expenses increased approximately $1.1 million.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation expense for the periods presented is as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     Quarter Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012  
     Amount      % of
Revenues
    Amount      % of
Revenues
 

Leasehold improvements

   $ 0.5         0.1   $ 0.4         0.1

Equipment and software

     4.4         0.9        4.3         1.0   

Leased equipment

     0.3         NM        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation expense

   $ 5.2         1.0   $ 4.7         1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense recorded in cost of goods sold

   $ 2.6         0.5      $ 2.3         0.5   

Depreciation expense recorded in selling, general & administrative expenses

     2.6         0.5        2.4         0.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation expense

   $ 5.2         1.0   $ 4.7         1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditures

   $ 3.8         0.8   $ 7.3         1.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

Depreciation expense decreased $0.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2011 as a result of certain equipment becoming fully depreciated. In addition, the capital lease expired in the first half of 2012 therefore there is no depreciation recognized on capital leases for the three months ended December 31, 2012, compared to the three months ended December 31, 2011.

Amortization expense related to certain identifiable intangibles for the periods presented is as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     Quarter Ended  
     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2012  
     Amount      % of
Revenues
    Amount      % of
Revenues
 

Amortization of intangibles:

          

Trade names

   $ 0.4         0.1   $ 0.4         0.1

Non-compete agreements

     0.5         0.1        0.9         0.2   

Customer relationships

     1.7         0.3        2.0         0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total amortization expense

   $ 2.6         0.5   $ 3.3         0.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense increased $0.7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012, compared to the three months ended December 31, 2011 as a result of increased amortization expense recognized on short-term non-compete agreements along with amortization on customer relationships associated with acquisitions occurring in 2011 and third quarter 2012.

Merger, Acquisition, Integration Costs and Other Charges (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

     Quarter Ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2012
 

Merger, integration costs and other charges:

    

Tender offer costs

   $ 1.7      $ —     

IT Transition costs

     —          2.1   

Professional and advisory fees

     0.3        1.0   

Facility costs

     —          0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2.0        3.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition costs:

    

Professional and advisory fees

     0.8        2.3   

General and administrative

     0.1        0.1   

Employee costs

     0.4        0.3   

Severance costs

     0.1        (0.8

Facility costs

     0.2        0.1   

Other costs

     0.1        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1.7        2.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges

   $ 3.7      $ 5.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Negative effect on diluted earnings per share

   $ (0.07   $ (0.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Integration costs increased $1.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2011 due to the costs associated with the IT Transition and professional and advisory fees partially offset by tender offer costs in 2011.

 

69


Table of Contents

The Corporation incurred integration costs and other charges during the three months ended December 31, 2011 related to costs incurred as a result of Omnicare’s unsolicited tender offer including legal, investment banking and other fees. During the three months ended December 31, 2011 $1.7 million of tender offer costs were incurred. No such costs were incurred during the three months ended December 31, 2012.

Acquisition costs increased $0.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2011 primarily associated with professional fees related to the acquisition of Amerita on December 13, 2012.

Interest Expense (Dollars in millions)

 

     Quarter Ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2012
 

Interest Expense:

    

Term Debt

   $ 2.0      $ 1.7   

Revolving Credit Facility

     0.4        0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal (including commitment fees and letters of credit fees)

     2.4        2.1   

Other:

    

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     0.1        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Interest Expense

   $ 2.5      $ 2.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Rate (excluding applicable margin):

    

Average interest rate on variable term debt

     0.29     0.31

LIBOR—1 month, at beginning of period

     0.24     0.21

LIBOR—1 month, at end of period

     0.30     0.21

Interest expense decreased $0.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2011, due to lower outstanding amounts and lower interest rates on the term loan during the three months ended December 31, 2012.

Tax Provision (Dollars in millions)

 

     Quarter Ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2012
 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 5.7      $ 3.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision as a percentage of income

     41.8     45.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our effective tax rate for the three months ended December 31, 2012 was 45.6%, comprised of the 35.0% federal rate, 4.2% for the state rate, and 6.4% for permanent differences and other discrete items. Our effective tax rate for the three months ended December 31, 2011 was 41.8%, comprised of the 35.0% federal rate and 4.5% for the state rate, and 2.3% for the permanent differences and other discrete items.

The rate for the three months ended December 31, 2012 was unfavorably impacted by Hurricane Sandy and non-deductible transaction costs related to the Amerita acquisition. Exclusive of these adjustments, the effective rate for the period ended December 31, 2012 would have been 41.1%, comprised of the 35.0% federal rate, 4.2 % for the state rate and 1.9% for the permanent differences and other discrete items.

The rate for the period ended December 31, 2011 was unfavorably impacted by an expense of $0.2 million associated with an analysis of the state net operating losses and corresponding valuation allowance. Exclusive of this adjustment, the effective rate for the period ended December 31, 2011 would have been 40.5%, comprised of the 35.0% federal rate and 5.5 % for the state rate and permanent differences and other discrete items.

 

70


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following compares the Corporation’s Statement of Cash Flows for the quarters ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 (dollars in millions):

 

     Quarter Ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2012
 

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 7.9      $ 3.7   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     5.2        4.7   

Amortization

     2.6        3.3   

Merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges

     0.3        (0.9

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

     —          1.5   

Stock-based compensation and deferred compensation

     1.4        1.5   

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     0.1        0.3   

Deferred income taxes

     4.1        (1.1

(Gain) loss on disposition of equipment

     (0.2     0.2   

Other

     0.4        0.1   

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable, net

     11.3        13.5   

Inventory

     (9.2     (37.4

Prepaids and other assets

     (2.8     (1.4

Accounts payable

     (3.7     1.5   

Salaries, wages and other compensation

     (0.5     0.4   

Other accrued liabilities

     (2.4     (7.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     14.5        (17.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:

    

Purchase of equipment and leasehold improvements

     (3.8     (7.3

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (42.5     (84.0

Cash proceeds from the sale of assets

     0.1        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (46.2     (91.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:

    

Net activity of long-term revolving credit facility

     39.0        71.7   

Repayments of capital lease obligations

     (0.1     —     

Issuance of common stock

     —          (0.1

Treasury stock at cost

     (0.1     (0.1

Tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     —          0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     38.8        71.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     7.1        (37.2

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     10.3        49.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 17.4      $ 12.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 2.5      $ 2.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for taxes

   $ 0.4      $ 8.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

Following Represents the Fourth Quarter 2012 Results compared to the Third Quarter 2012

Results of Operations

The following table presents selected consolidated comparative results of operations and statistical information for the periods presented (dollars in millions, except where indicated):

 

     Quarter Ended  
     September 30, 2012     Increase (Decrease)     December 31, 2012  
     Amount     % of
Revenues
                Amount     % of
Revenues
 

Net revenues

            

Institutional Pharmacy

   $ 426.2        96.4   $ (13.2     (3.1 )%    $ 413.0        95.3

Hospital Management and other

     15.8        3.6        4.4        27.8        20.2        4.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

     442.0        100.0        (8.8     (2.0     433.2        100.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

            

Institutional Pharmacy

     351.9        79.6        (11.5     (3.3     340.4        78.5   

Hospital Management and other

     14.0        3.2        3.2        22.9        17.2        4.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of goods sold

     365.9        82.8        (8.3     (2.3     357.6        82.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

            

Institutional Pharmacy

     74.3        16.8        (1.7     (2.3     72.6        16.8   

Hospital Management and other

     1.8        0.4        1.2        66.7        3.0        0.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

   $ 76.1        17.2   $ (0.5     (0.7 )%    $ 75.6        17.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Institutional Pharmacy (in whole numbers except where indicated)

            

Financial data

            

Prescriptions dispensed (in thousands)

     9,711          (174     (1.8 )%      9,537     

Revenue per prescription dispensed

   $ 43.89        $ (0.58     (1.3 )%    $ 43.31     

Gross profit per prescription dispensed

   $ 7.65        $ (0.04     (0.5 )%    $ 7.61     

Institutional pharmacy gross margin

     17.4       0.2     1.1     17.6  

Generic dispensing rate*

     84.4       0.4     6.0     84.8  

Customer licensed beds under contract

            

Beginning of period

     323,524          (3,515     (1.1 )%      320,009     

Additions

     5,654          (254     (4.5     5,400     

Losses

     (9,169       (9,232     (100.7     (18,401  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

End of period

     320,009          (13,001     (4.1 )%      307,008     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Hospital Management (in whole numbers except where indicated)

            

Volume information

            

Hospital management contracts serviced

     89          —          —   %        89     

 

* Single source generic drugs, previously classified as brand drugs, are now being classified as generics for purposes of the generic dispensing rate calculation in all periods.

 

72


Table of Contents

Revenues

Institutional pharmacy revenues decreased $13.2 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012, due primarily to the continued impact of recent brand to generic conversions, along with a net decline in customer licensed beds under contract of 13,001 both of which resulted in lower revenues. Additionally, in the fourth quarter 2012, the Corporation experienced an estimated $8.6 million of lost revenues resulting from Hurricane Sandy and the Corporation’s inability to operate at full capacity following the storm. The decrease of $13.2 million is comprised of an unfavorable volume variance of approximately $7.7 million or 174,000 less prescriptions dispensed and an unfavorable rate variance of approximately $5.5 million or $0.58 decrease in revenue per prescription dispensed. The rate variance was comprised of an increase of approximately $1.0 million due to inflation on brand name drugs dispensed between periods offset by reduced reimbursement rates on generics and certain pricing concessions combined with $6.5 million due to the increase in the generic dispensing rate from 84.4% to 84.8%.

The increase in hospital management and other revenues of $4.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012 was due primarily to the acquisition of Amerita on December 13, 2012.

Cost of Goods Sold

Institutional pharmacy cost of goods sold decreased $11.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012 primarily due to a decrease in overall total drug costs associated with fewer prescriptions dispensed and lower costs as brand drugs continued to migrate to their generic equivalent along with an increase in rebates. The decrease of $11.5 million is comprised of a volume variance of $6.3 million and a rate variance of $5.2 million. The drug costs as a percentage of revenue decreased 58 bps. Other costs included in cost of goods sold increased as a percentage of revenues 38 bps, of which the increase primarily related to salaries and wages expense as a percentage of revenues increasing 15 bps.

The increase in hospital management and other cost of goods sold of $3.2 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012 was due to the acquisition of Amerita.

Gross Profit and Operating Expenses

Gross profit and other operating expenses were the following for the periods presented (dollars in millions):

 

     Quarter Ended  
     September 30, 2012     Increase (Decrease)     December 31, 2012  
     Amount      % of
Revenue
                Amount      % of
Revenue
 

Gross profit and operating expenses:

              

Total gross profit

   $ 76.1         17.2   $ (0.5     (0.7 )%    $ 75.6         17.5

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     54.5         12.3        (1.6     (2.9     52.9         12.2   

Amortization expense

     3.2         0.7        0.1        3.1        3.3         0.8   

Merger, acquisition, integration costs, and other charges

     6.1         1.4        (0.5     (8.2     5.6         1.3   

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

     —           —          4.5        100.0        4.5         1.0   

Interest expense, net

     2.4         0.5        —          —          2.4         0.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     9.9         2.3        (3.0     (30.3     6.9         1.6   

Provision for income taxes

     3.9         0.9        (0.7     (17.9     3.2         0.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 6.0         1.4   $ (2.3     (38.3 )%    $ 3.7         0.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

Institutional pharmacy gross profit for the three months ended December 31, 2012 was $72.6 million or $7.61 per prescription dispensed compared to $74.3 million or $7.65 per prescription dispensed for the three months ended September 30, 2012. Institutional pharmacy gross profit margin for the three months ended December 31, 2012 was 17.6% compared to 17.4% for the three months ended September 30, 2012. Institutional pharmacy gross profit margin was positively impacted by higher margins on certain brand-name drugs that recently went generic and decreases in overall drug costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (Dollars in millions)

 

     Quarter Ended  
     September 30,
2012
    Increase/(Decrease)     December 31,
2012
 
     Amount      % of
Revenue
                Amount      % of
Revenue
 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

              

Total wages, benefits and contract labor

   $ 26.5         6.0   $ 1.0        3.8   $ 27.5         6.4

Contracted services

     4.0         0.9        0.3        7.5        4.3         1.0   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     7.3         1.7        (1.8     (24.7     5.5         1.3   

Supplies

     1.5         0.3        —          —          1.5         0.3   

Travel expenses

     1.2         0.3        —          —          1.2         0.3   

Professional fees

     2.7         0.6        (1.2     (44.4     1.5         0.3   

Adjudication expense

     0.8         0.2        —          —          0.8         0.2   

Stock-based compensation

     2.3         0.5        (0.7     (30.4     1.6         0.4   

Depreciation

     2.3         0.5        0.1        4.3        2.4         0.6   

Rent

     1.2         0.3        —          —          1.2         0.3   

Maintenance

     0.9         0.2        0.1        11.1        1.0         0.2   

Other costs

     3.8         0.8        0.6        15.8        4.4         0.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 54.5         12.3   $ (1.6     (2.9 )%    $ 52.9         12.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $1.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012. The decrease of $1.6 million is due primarily to decreases in bad debt expense of $1.8 million and professional fees of $1.2 million. The decreases are partially offset by increases in labor expense of $1.0 million. All other costs included in selling, general and administrative expenses increased approximately $0.4 million.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation expense for the periods presented is as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     Quarter Ended  
     September 30, 2012     December 31, 2012  
     Amount      % of
Revenues
    Amount      % of
Revenues
 

Leasehold improvements

   $ 0.4         0.1   $ 0.4         0.1

Equipment and software

     4.2         0.9        4.3         1.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation expense

   $ 4.6         1.0   $ 4.7         1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense recorded in cost of goods sold

   $ 2.3         0.5   $ 2.3         0.5

Depreciation expense recorded in selling, general & administrative expenses

     2.3         0.5        2.4         0.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation expense

   $ 4.6         1.0   $ 4.7         1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditures

   $ 6.6         0.8   $ 7.3         1.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

Depreciation expense increased $0.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012 primarily as a result of an increase in expense related to computer hardware purchases in the quarter resulting from the movement of the data center as it related to the IT Transition partially offset by assets becoming fully depreciated during the quarter.

Amortization expense related to certain identifiable intangibles for the periods presented is as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     Quarter Ended  
     September 30, 2012     December 31, 2012  
     Amount      % of
Revenues
    Amount      % of
Revenues
 

Amortization of intangibles:

          

Trade names

   $ 0.4         0.1   $ 0.4         0.1

Non-compete agreements

     0.7         0.2        0.9         0.2   

Customer relationships

     2.1         0.5        2.0         0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total amortization expense

   $ 3.2         0.8   $ 3.3         0.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense increased $0.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012 primarily as a result of amortization expense recognized on short-term non-compete agreements which were executed in the current quarter.

Merger, Acquisition, Integration Costs and Other Charges (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

     Quarter Ended  
     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
 

Merger, integration costs and other charges:

    

IT Transition costs

   $ 0.8      $ 2.1   

Professional and advisory fees

     1.2        1.0   

Employee costs

     0.2        —     

Facility costs

     —          0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2.2        3.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition costs:

    

Professional and advisory fees

     2.8        2.3   

General and administrative

     —          0.1   

Employee costs

     0.6        0.3   

Severance costs

     0.2        (0.8

Facility costs

     0.1        0.1   

Other costs

     0.2        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3.9        2.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges

   $ 6.1      $ 5.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Negative effect on diluted earnings per share

   $ (0.13   $ (0.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Integration costs increased $1.3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012 primarily due to costs related to the IT Transition. The Corporation incurred costs and other charges related to the IT Transition during the three months ended December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2012 of $2.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

 

75


Table of Contents

Acquisition costs decreased $1.8 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012 due primarily to professional and advisory fees attributable to costs incurred in third quarter 2012, preparing for the December 13, 2012 acquisition of Amerita and decreases in employee costs associated with a prior acquisition.

Interest Expense (Dollars in millions)

 

     Quarter Ended  
     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
 

Interest Expense:

    

Term Debt

   $ 1.9      $ 1.7   

Revolving Credit Facility

     0.2        0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal (including commitment fees and letters of credit fees)

     2.1        2.1   

Other:

    

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     0.3        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Interest Expense

   $ 2.4      $ 2.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Rate (excluding applicable margin):

    

Average interest rate on variable term debt

     0.24     0.31

LIBOR—1month, at beginning of period

     0.25     0.21

LIBOR—1month, at end of period

     0.21     0.21

Interest expense remained consistent when comparing the three months ended December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2012. Long-term debt, including the current portion, was $243.8 million and $315.5 million as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012, respectively. However the increase in long-term debt did not occur until mid-December 2012, therefore, it had little impact on the expense.

Tax Provision (Dollars in millions)

 

     Quarter Ended  
     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 3.9      $ 3.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision as a percentage of income

     39.5      45.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our effective tax rate for the three months ended December 31, 2012 was 45.6%, comprised of the 35.0% federal rate, 4.2% for the state rate, and 6.4% for permanent differences and other discrete items. Our effective tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2012 was 39.5%, comprised of the 35.0% federal rate and 4.3% for the state rate, and 0.2% for the permanent differences and other discrete items.

The rate for the period ended December 31, 2012 was unfavorably impacted by Hurricane Sandy and non-deductible transaction costs related to the Amerita acquisition. Exclusive of these adjustments, the effective rate for the period ended December 31, 2012 would have been 41.1%, comprised of the 35.0% federal rate, 4.2% for the state rate and 1.9% for the permanent differences and other discrete items.

 

76


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following compares the Corporation’s Statement of Cash Flows for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012 (dollars in millions):

 

     Quarter Ended  
     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
 

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 6.0      $ 3.7   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     4.6        4.7   

Amortization

     3.2        3.3   

Merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges

     0.3        (0.9

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

     —          1.5   

Stock-based compensation and deferred compensation

     2.6        1.5   

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     0.3        0.3   

Deferred income taxes

     (2.1     (1.1

Loss on disposition of equipment

     —          0.2   

Other

     0.1        0.1   

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable, net

     9.4        13.5   

Inventory

     11.1        (37.4

Prepaids and other assets

     2.9        (1.4

Accounts payable

     7.2        1.5   

Salaries, wages and other compensation

     0.8        0.4   

Other accrued liabilities

     5.0        (7.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     51.4        (17.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:

    

Purchase of equipment and leasehold improvements

     (6.6     (7.3

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (0.4     (84.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (7.0     (91.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:

    

Repayments of long-term debt

     (6.3     —     

Net activity of long-term revolving credit facility

     —          71.7   

Issuance of common stock

     0.4        (0.1

Treasury stock at cost

     (1.0     (0.1

Tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     —          0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (6.9     71.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     37.5        (37.2

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     12.0        49.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 49.5      $ 12.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 2.2      $ 2.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for taxes

   $ 1.8      $ 8.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

On May 2, 2011, the Corporation entered into the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement consists of a $250.0 million term loan facility and a $200.0 million revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a floating rate equal to, at the Corporation’s option, a base rate plus a margin between 1.25% and 2.00% per annum, or an adjusted LIBO Rate plus a margin between 2.25% and 3.00% per annum, in each case depending on the leverage ratio of the Corporation as defined by the Credit Agreement. The base rate is the greater of the prime lending rate in effect on such day, the federal funds effective rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on such day plus 0.5%, and the adjusted LIBO Rate for deposits for a period equal to one month plus 1.0%. As of December 31, 2012, borrowing under the Credit Agreement bore interest at a rate of 2.71% per annum based upon the one month adjusted LIBO rate and the revolving credit facility bore interest at a rate of 4.75% per annum based upon the prime rate.

Based upon the amount of variable rate debt outstanding as of December 31, 2012, a 100 basis point change in interest rates would affect the Corporation’s future pre-tax earnings by approximately $3.2 million on an annual basis. The estimated change to the Corporation’s interest expense is determined by considering the impact of hypothetical interest rates on the Corporation’s borrowing cost and debt balances. These analyses do not consider the effects, if any, of the potential changes in the Corporation’s credit ratings or leverage and the overall level of economic activity of the Corporation. Further, in the event of a change of significant magnitude, the Corporation’s management would expect to take actions intended to further mitigate its exposure to such change.

 

78


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     F-4   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2012

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December  31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

PharMerica Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PharMerica Corporation and subsidiaries (the Corporation) as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2012. We also have audited the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Corporation’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PharMerica Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, PharMerica Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting under Item 9A, management has excluded the Amerita, Inc. acquisition from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 because it was acquired by the Corporation on December 13, 2012. We have also excluded the Amerita, Inc. acquisition from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. The total assets of Amerita, Inc. represent 11.3% of the related consolidated balance sheet amount as of December 31, 2012.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Louisville, Kentucky

February 7, 2013

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

     2010      2011      2012  

Revenues

   $ 1,847.3       $ 2,081.1       $ 1,832.6   

Cost of goods sold

     1,604.8         1,786.2         1,532.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     242.5         294.9         300.2   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     182.8         216.5         214.7   

Amortization expense

     9.3         11.0         12.3   

Impairment of intangible assets

     —           5.1         —     

Merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges

     14.6         15.3         19.9   

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

     —           —           4.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     35.8         47.0         48.8   

Interest expense, net

     3.6         8.8         10.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     32.2         38.2         38.8   

Provision for income taxes

     13.0         14.8         15.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 19.2       $ 23.4       $ 22.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

        

Basic

   $ 0.64       $ 0.80       $ 0.78   

Diluted

   $ 0.64       $ 0.79       $ 0.77   

Shares used in computing earnings per common share:

        

Basic

     30,007,268         29,343,221         29,471,734   

Diluted

     30,133,031         29,468,452         29,901,896   

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

     (As Adjusted)        
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2012
 
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17.4      $ 12.3   

Accounts receivable, net

     232.2        206.5   

Inventory

     130.6        135.7   

Deferred tax assets, net

     36.5        36.7   

Prepaids and other assets

     34.5        38.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     451.2        429.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equipment and leasehold improvements

     145.0        158.8   

Accumulated depreciation

     (92.6     (105.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     52.4        53.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net

     0.6        —     

Goodwill

     214.9        268.2   

Intangible assets, net

     100.2        121.9   

Other

     14.7        12.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 834.0      $ 885.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 54.7      $ 49.2   

Salaries, wages and other compensation

     35.1        35.8   

Current portion of long-term debt

     6.3        12.5   

Other accrued liabilities

     6.7        9.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     102.8        106.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     293.7        303.0   

Other long-term liabilities

     23.7        22.5   

Deferred tax liabilities

     —          11.1   

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 6)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 1,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued, December 31, 2011 and 2012

     —          —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; 175,000,000 shares authorized; 30,794,000 and 30,943,748 shares issued as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively

     0.3        0.3   

Capital in excess of par value

     355.9        363.0   

Retained earnings

     68.4        91.3   

Treasury stock at cost, 1,350,128 and 1,456,293 shares at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, respectively

     (10.8     (12.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     413.8        442.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 834.0      $ 885.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

(In millions)

 

    2010     2011     2012  

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:

     

Net income

  $ 19.2      $ 23.4      $ 22.9   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

     

Depreciation

    18.8        20.1        18.6   

Amortization

    9.3        11.0        12.3   

Impairment charge

    —          5.1        —     

Merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges

    0.6        1.5        1.3   

Hurricane Sandy disaster costs

    —          —          1.5   

Stock-based compensation and deferred compensation

    5.2        6.0        7.1   

Amortization of deferred financing fees

    0.6        0.8        1.0   

Deferred income taxes

    12.3        13.9        2.8   

Loss (gain) on disposition of equipment

    0.3        0.1        0.1   

Other

    —          0.2        0.2   

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Accounts receivable, net

    28.4        9.1        35.8   

Inventory

    8.1        (38.3     (4.7

Prepaids and other assets

    4.6        (9.7     (1.3

Accounts payable

    1.5        (25.0     (9.3

Salaries, wages and other compensation

    (11.2     11.1        (3.4

Other accrued liabilities

    0.5        (2.5     0.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    98.2        26.8        85.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:

     

Purchase of equipment and leasehold improvements

    (12.6     (13.2     (20.8

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (120.7     (51.0     (84.8

Cash proceeds from the sale of assets

    0.1        0.2        0.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (133.2     (64.0     (105.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:

     

Repayments of long-term debt

    —          (240.0     (6.3

Proceeds from long-term debt

    —          250.0        —     

Net activity of long-term revolving credit facility

    5.6        44.4        21.7   

Payment of debt issuance costs

    —          (9.8     —     

Repayments of capital lease obligations

    (0.7     (0.8     (0.1

Issuance of common stock

    0.3        0.2        0.4   

Treasury stock at cost

    (10.6     (0.2     (1.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (5.4     43.8        14.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    (40.4     6.6        (5.1

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    51.2        10.8        17.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 10.8      $ 17.4      $ 12.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental information:

     

Cash paid for interest

  $ 3.2      $ 7.6      $ 9.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for taxes

  $ 0.4      $ 0.5      $ 12.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of non-cash activities:

     

Capital lease obligations

  $ 0.4      $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

(In millions, except share amounts)

 

    Common Stock     Capital in
Excess of
Par Value
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Total  
    Shares     Amount          

Balance at December 31, 2009

    30,619,830      $ 0.3      $ 344.8      $ 25.8      $ —        $ 370.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

          19.2          19.2   

Exercise of stock options and tax components of stock-based awards, net

    22,072        —          0.1        —          —          0.1   

Vested restricted stock units

    49,664          —           

Vested performance share units

    4,695        —          —          —          —          —     

Treasury stock at cost

    (1,336,817       —            (10.6     (10.6

Stock-based compensation—non-vested restricted stock

    —          —          2.2        —          —          2.2   

Stock-based compensation—stock options

    —          —          2.6        —          —          2.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    29,359,444      $ 0.3      $ 349.7      $ 45.0      $ (10.6   $ 384.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

          23.4          23.4   

Exercise of stock options and tax components of stock-based awards, net

    18,713        —          0.3        —          —          0.3   

Vested restricted stock units

    79,026        —          —          —          —          —     

Treasury stock at cost

    (13,311     —          —          —          (0.2     (0.2

Stock-based compensation—non-vested restricted stock

    —          —          3.5        —          —          3.5   

Stock-based compensation—stock options

    —          —          2.4        —          —          2.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    29,443,872      $ 0.3      $ 355.9      $ 68.4      $ (10.8   $ 413.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

          22.9          22.9   

Exercise of stock options and tax components of stock-based awards, net

    40,468        —          0.4        —          —          0.4   

Vested restricted stock units

    109,280        —          —          —          —          —     

Treasury stock at cost

    (106,165     —          —          —          (1.2     (1.2

Stock-based compensation—non-vested restricted stock

    —          —          5.1        —          —          5.1   

Stock-based compensation—stock options

    —          —          1.6        —          —          1.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    29,487,455      $ 0.3      $ 363.0      $ 91.3      $ (12.0   $ 442.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business

PharMerica Corporation (together with its subsidiaries, the “Corporation”) is an institutional pharmacy services company that services healthcare facilities, provides pharmacy management services to hospitals and also provides specialty infusion services to patients outside a hospital setting. The Corporation is the second largest institutional pharmacy services company in the United States based on revenues and customer licensed beds under contract, operating 91 institutional pharmacies and 12 specialty infusion pharmacies in 45 states. The Corporation’s customers are typically institutional healthcare providers, such as skilled nursing facilities, nursing centers, assisted living facilities, hospitals, individuals receiving in-home care and other long-term alternative care settings. The Corporation is generally the primary source of supply of pharmaceuticals to its customers. The Corporation also provides pharmacy management services to 89 hospitals in the United States.

Principles of Consolidation

All intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates are involved in collectability of accounts receivable, revenue recognition, inventory valuation, supplier rebates, the valuation of long-lived assets and goodwill and accounting for income taxes. Actual amounts may differ from these estimates.

Potential risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the control of the Corporation, include, but are not necessarily limited to, such factors as overall economic, financial and business conditions; the overall condition of the Corporation’s customers and suppliers; the intense competition in the Corporation’s industry; the loss of one or more key pharmaceutical manufacturers; changes in manufacturers’ rebate programs; the risk of loss of revenues due to the loss of certain customers or a customer or owner of a skilled nursing facility entering the institutional pharmacy business; the home infusion joint ventures formed with hospitals could adversely affect the Corporation’s financial results; the decline in operating revenues and profitability with an increase in the Corporation’s generic dispensing rate; the loss of prescription volumes and revenue from pharmaceutical products that develop unexpected safety or efficacy concerns; reduction in reimbursement rates for the Corporation’s products and/or medical treatments or services may reduce profitability; modifications to the Medicare Part D program which may reduce revenue or impose additional costs; changes in Medicaid reimbursement which may reduce revenue; the payments of significant penalties and damages for failure to comply with complex and rapidly evolving laws and regulations, as well as licensure requirements; the adverse results from material litigation or governmental inquires could have a material impact on the Corporation’s business; failure to comply with Medicare and Medicaid regulations could result in loss of eligibility to participate in these programs; efforts by payers to control costs; healthcare reform adversely impacting the liquidity of the Corporation’s customers thus affecting their ability to make timely payments to the Corporation’s; increasing enforcement in the U.S. healthcare industry negatively impacting the Corporation’s business; further consolidation of managed care organizations and other third-party payers adversely affecting the Corporation’s profits; Federal and state medical privacy regulations increasing costs of operations and expose the Corporation’s to civil and criminal sanctions; interruption or damage to the Corporation’s sophisticated information systems; the Corporation’s ability to successfully transition information technology services provided by its current vendor to another vendor effectively; purchasing a significant portion of the Corporation’s pharmaceutical products from one

 

F-8


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

supplier; attracting and retaining key executives, pharmacists, and other healthcare personnel; revenues and volumes adversely affected by certain factors in markets in which the Corporation operates, including weather; the provisions in the Corporation’s certification of incorporation and bylaws could delay or prevent a change of control that stockholders favor; changes in volatility of the Corporation’s stock price; successfully pursuing development and acquisition activities; indebtedness that restricts the Corporation’s ability to pay cash dividends and has a negative impact on the Corporation’s financing options; exposure to changes in interest rates; changes to critical accounting estimates and changes in and interpretations of accounting rules and standards.

Unsolicited Tender Offer by Omnicare

On August 23, 2011, Omnicare, Inc. (“Omnicare”) made public an unsolicited proposal to acquire all of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s common stock for $15.00 per share in cash. On January 27, 2012, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) issued an administrative complaint to block Omnicare’s proposed acquisition of the Corporation. The complaint alleged that the proposed acquisition would be illegal and in violation of Section 15 of the FTC Act and Section 7 of the Clayton Act because it would harm competition and enable Omnicare to raise the price of drugs for Medicare Part D consumers and others. On February 21, 2012 the unsolicited tender offer expired and Omnicare did not extend the offer.

In connection with these matters, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Corporation expensed $2.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively, of legal, investment banking, and other fees, which are included in merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges in the consolidated income statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and cash equivalents with original maturities of three months or less. The Corporation places its cash in financial institutions that are federally insured. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Corporation did not hold a material amount of funds in cash equivalent money market accounts. Management believes it effectively safeguards cash assets.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based upon assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the Corporation follows a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1:    Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;
Level 2:    Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and
Level 3:    Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the Corporation to develop its own assumptions.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are based on one or more of the following three valuation techniques:

 

  A. Market approach: Prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

  B. Cost approach: Amount that would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost).

 

  C. Income approach: Techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount based upon market expectations (including present value techniques, option-pricing and excess earnings models).

Financial liabilities and non-financial assets recorded at fair value at December 31, 2011 and 2012, are set forth in the tables below (dollars in millions):

 

As of December 31, 2011

   Asset/(Liability)     Level 1      Level 2     Level 3      Valuation
Technique
 

Non-financial Assets

            

Intangible Assets

   $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —           C   

Financial Assets/(Liabilities)

            

Deferred Compensation Plan

   $ (3.9   $ —         $ (3.9   $ —           A   

Contingent Consideration

     —          —           —          —           C   

 

As of December 31, 2012

   Asset/
(Liability)
    Level 1      Level 2     Level 3      Valuation
Technique
 

Financial Assets/(Liabilities)

            

Deferred Compensation Plan

   $ (4.8   $ —         $ (4.8   $ —           A   

During the third quarter 2011, certain intangible assets with carrying amounts of $5.1 million were written down to their implied fair value resulting in an impairment charge of $5.1 million. The fair value of intangible assets was derived using the income approach, which uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount. See Note 4 for a further description of the impairment.

The deferred compensation plan liability represents an unfunded obligation associated with the deferred compensation plan offered to eligible employees and members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The fair value of the liability associated with the deferred compensation plan is derived using pricing and other relevant information for similar assets or liabilities generated by market transactions.

The contingent consideration represented a future earn-out associated with the Corporation’s acquisition of an institutional pharmacy business based in West Virginia (the “West Virginia Acquisition”). The fair value of the liability associated with the contingent consideration was derived using the income approach with unobservable inputs, which included future gross profit forecast and present value assumptions, and there was little or no market data. The liability was relieved as of December 31, 2010 when it became apparent the contingent consideration would not be paid. The Corporation assessed the fair value of the liability through the date of determination which was August 10, 2012 when it was concluded that the gross profit requirement for the payout of the contingent consideration was not met. There were no transfers between the three-tier fair value hierarchy levels during the period.

The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, inventory and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The Corporation’s debt approximates fair value due to the terms of the interest being set at variable market interest rates (Level 2).

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from Prescription Drug Plans (“PDPs”) under Medicare Part D, institutional healthcare providers, the respective state Medicaid programs, third party insurance

 

F-10


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

companies, and private payers. The Corporation’s ability to collect outstanding receivables is critical to its results of operations and cash flows. To provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, the Corporation establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the carrying value of such receivables to the extent it is probable that a portion or all of a particular account will not be collected.

The Corporation has an established process to determine the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, which relies on analytical tools, specific identification, and benchmarks to arrive at a reasonable allowance. No single statistic or measurement determines the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. The Corporation monitors and reviews trends by payer classification along with the composition of the Corporation’s aging accounts receivable. This review is focused primarily on trends in private and other payers, PDP’s, dual eligible co-payments, historic payment patterns of long-term care institutions, and monitoring respective credit risks. In addition, the Corporation analyzes other factors such as revenue days in accounts receivables, denial trends by payer types, payment patterns by payer types, subsequent cash collections, and current events that may impact payment patterns of the Corporation’s long-term care institution customers. Accounts receivable are written off after collection efforts have been completed in accordance with the Corporation’s policies.

The Corporation’s accounts receivable and summarized aging categories are as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  

Institutional healthcare providers

   $ 169.0      $ 158.1   

Medicare Part D

     46.9        41.6   

Private payer and other

     33.3        28.3   

Insured

     10.7        16.8   

Medicaid

     20.1        16.1   

Medicare

     0.8        2.0   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (48.6     (56.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 232.2      $ 206.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

0 to 60 days

     61.2     58.8

61 to 120 days

     19.5     17.1

Over 120 days

     19.3     24.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following is a summary of activity in the Corporation’s allowance for doubtful accounts (dollars in millions):

 

     Beginning
Balance
     Charges to
Costs and
Expenses
     Write-offs     Ending
Balance
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

          

Year Ended December 31, 2010

   $ 40.2       $ 18.5       $ (21.9   $ 36.8   

Year Ended December 31, 2011

   $ 36.8       $ 24.8       $ (13.0   $ 48.6   

Year Ended December 31, 2012

   $ 48.6       $ 25.9       $ (18.1   $ 56.4   

Concentration of Credit Risk

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Corporation derived approximately 13.0%, 13.7% and 14.9% of its revenues from a single customer, respectively, including all payer sources associated with the residents of its long-term care facilities.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Deferred Financing Fees

The Corporation capitalizes financing fees related to acquiring or issuing new debt instruments. These expenditures include bank fees and premiums, legal costs, and filing fees. The Corporation amortizes these deferred financing fees using the effective interest method on fees associated with the term debt and the straight-line method for fees associated with the revolving credit facility.

Inventory

Inventory is primarily located at the Corporation’s pharmacy locations. Inventory consists solely of finished products (primarily prescription drugs) and is valued at the lower of first-in, first-out cost (“FIFO”) or market. Physical inventories are performed on a quarterly basis at the end of the quarter at all pharmacy sites. Cost of goods sold is adjusted based upon the actual results of the physical inventory counts.

Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

Equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at cost on the acquisition date and are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives or lease term, if shorter, as follows (in years):

 

     Estimated
Useful Lives
 

Leasehold improvements

     1-7   

Equipment and software

     3-10   

Expenditures for maintenance, repairs and renewals of minor items are expensed as incurred. Major rebuilds and improvements are capitalized. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, maintenance and repairs were $6.1 million, $7.5 million and $8.1 million, respectively.

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of long-lived assets is assessed by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to the estimated future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or group of assets. If estimated future undiscounted net cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset or group of assets, the asset is considered impaired and an expense is recorded in an amount required to reduce the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to its then fair value. The Corporation did not record impairment charges on equipment and leasehold improvements for the years ended December 31, 2010 or 2011. The Corporation recorded $1.6 million in charges related to Hurricane Sandy for fixed assets which were destroyed. See Note 9.

The Corporation’s equipment and leasehold improvements are further described in Note 3.

Capitalization of Internal Software Costs

The Corporation capitalizes the costs incurred during the application development stage, which includes costs to design the software configuration and interfaces, coding, installation, and testing. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage along with post-implementation stages of internal use computer software are expensed as incurred. Capitalized development costs are amortized generally over three years and are subject to impairment evaluations. Costs incurred to maintain existing software development are expensed as incurred. The capitalization and ongoing assessment of recoverability of development costs requires judgment by management with respect to certain external factors, including, but not limited to, technological and economic feasibility and

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

estimated economic life. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Corporation capitalized internally developed software costs of $2.1 million and $6.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, net capitalized software costs, including acquired assets and amounts for projects which have not been completed, totaled $13.2 million and $16.6 million, respectively.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill represents the excess purchase price of an acquired entity over the net amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Corporation’s policy is to perform a qualitative assessment on goodwill impairment to determine whether it is more likely than not (defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The Corporation performed a qualitative assessment as of December 31, 2012, and did not find it necessary to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test based on that analysis.

The Corporation’s finite-lived intangible assets are comprised primarily of trade names, customer relationship assets and non-compete agreements primarily originating from business acquisitions. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the course of their lives ranging from 5 to 20 years. For impairment reviews, intangible assets are reviewed on a specific pharmacy basis or as a group of pharmacies depending on the intangible assets under review. The Corporation’s goodwill and intangible assets are further described in Note 4.

Self-Insured Employee Health Benefits

The Corporation is self-insured for the majority of its employee health benefits. The Corporation’s self-insurance for employee health benefits includes a stop-loss policy to limit the maximum potential liability of the Corporation for both individual and aggregate claims per year. The Corporation records a monthly expense for self-insurance based on historical claims data and inputs from third-party administrators. For years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the expense for employee health benefits was $18.3 million, $20.3 million and $23.6 million, respectively, the majority of which was related to its self-insured plans. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Corporation had $3.1 million and $3.3 million, respectively, recorded as a liability for self-insured employee health benefits.

Supplier Rebates

The Corporation receives rebates on purchases from its vendors and suppliers for achieving market share or purchase volumes. Rebates for brand name products are generally based upon achieving a defined market share tier within a therapeutic class and can be based on either purchasing volumes or actual prescriptions dispensed. Rebates for generic products are primarily based on achieving purchasing volume requirements. The Corporation generally accounts for these rebates and other incentives received from its vendors and suppliers, relating to the purchase or distribution of inventory, on an accrual basis as an estimated reduction of cost of goods sold and inventory. The estimated accrual is adjusted, if necessary, after the third party validates the appropriate data and notifies the Corporation of its agreement under the terms of the contract. The Corporation considers these rebates to represent product discounts, and as a result, the rebates are allocated as a reduction of product cost and relieved through cost of goods sold upon the sale of the related inventory or as a reduction of inventory for drugs which have not yet been sold.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Delivery Expenses

The Corporation incurred delivery expenses of $58.4 million, $67.4 million and $63.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively, to deliver products sold to its customers. Delivery expenses are reported as a component of cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated income statements.

Stock Option Accounting

The Corporation recognizes stock-based compensation expense in its consolidated financial statements using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model (see Note 10).

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Corporation accrues for tax obligations, as appropriate, based on facts and circumstances in the various regulatory environments. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are more fully described in Note 11.

Measurement Period Adjustments

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Corporation has adjusted certain amounts on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 as a result of measurement period adjustments related to the 2011 Acquisitions (See Note 2).

NOTE 2—ACQUISITIONS

2012 Acquisitions

Amerita Acquisition

On December 13, 2012 the Corporation, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired all of the outstanding stock of Amerita, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Amerita”), for $85.0 million in cash, less cash acquired of $1.0 million. The Corporation’s primary purpose in acquiring Amerita, Inc. was to enter the specialty infusion services business. The total purchase price of Amerita was allocated to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets based upon their fair values on December 13, 2012. The excess of the purchase price over the fair values of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The Corporation believes the resulting amount of goodwill reflects its expectation of the synergistic benefits of the acquisitions. For tax purposes, the transaction was considered a stock acquisition. Approximately $15.9 million of goodwill related to previous acquisitions made by Amerita will be tax deductible by the Corporation.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 2—ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

 

The preliminary allocation of the purchase price was based upon the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets as of December 13, 2012. The preliminary purchase price allocation was as follows (dollars in millions):

 

Accounts receivable

   $ 11.1   

Inventory

     1.6   

Other current assets

     0.6   

Equipment and leasehold improvements

     0.8   

Other long-term assets

     0.2   

Deferred tax assets

     1.2   

Identifiable intangibles

     30.8   

Goodwill

     53.3   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

     99.6   

Current liabilities

     (5.6

Deferred tax liabilities—long-term

     (9.9

Other long-term liabilities

     (0.1
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     (15.6
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price, less cash acquired

   $ 84.0   
  

 

 

 

The following is the fair value of the equipment and leasehold improvements of the Amerita acquisition at the date of acquisition (dollars in millions):

 

Equipment and leasehold improvements

   Fair-Value      Weighted Average
Useful Life (Yr)
 

Leasehold improvements

   $ 0.1         1.8   

Equipment and software

     0.7         4.9   
  

 

 

    
   $ 0.8      
  

 

 

    

The following are the fair values of the identifiable intangible assets of the Amerita acquisition at the date of acquisition (dollars in millions):

 

Identifiable intangibles

   Fair-Value      Weighted Average
Useful Life (Yr)
 

Trade name

   $ 27.0         13.0   

Customer (payer) relationships

     2.4         10.0   

Non-compete agreements

     1.4         5.0   
  

 

 

    
   $ 30.8      
  

 

 

    

 

F-15


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 2—ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

 

Institutional Pharmacy Acquisition

On August 30, 2012, the Corporation acquired certain assets of an institutional pharmacy in Clovis, New Mexico for $0.4 million in cash. The total purchase price was allocated to the pharmacy inventory and customer relationships based upon their fair values on August 30, 2012. No goodwill resulted from the acquisition.

2011 Acquisitions

On April 1, 2011 the Corporation acquired an institutional pharmacy in Greenville, South Carolina. On December 31, 2011, the Corporation acquired the membership interests of an institutional pharmacy which operated three pharmacies in Ohio and Pennsylvania. We refer to these two acquisitions together as the “2011 Acquisitions”. The aggregate purchase price of the 2011 Acquisitions was $51.3 million in cash and assumed liabilities, including the working capital adjustment in the second quarter of 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2012 the final working capital adjustment was completed for the 2011 Acquisitions resulting in additional purchase price paid of $0.3 million. The total purchase price of the 2011 Acquisitions was allocated to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets based on their fair values at the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the fair values of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. For tax purposes, the transactions were considered asset acquisitions; therefore, the amount of goodwill recorded in the transactions of $35.5 million will be tax deductible to the Corporation. The resulting amount of goodwill reflects the Corporation’s expectation of the synergistic benefits of the 2011 Acquisitions.

The combined allocation of the purchase price associated with the 2011 Acquisitions was based upon the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets as of the date of acquisition. The purchase price allocations were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

    Amounts Previously
Recognized as of

Acquisition Date (1)
    Measurement
Period

Adjustments
    Recognized as
of Acquisition
Date
 

Accounts receivable

  $ 4.6      $ (0.2   $ 4.4   

Inventory

    3.7        0.1        3.8   

Other current assets

    0.4        —          0.4   

Equipment and software

    0.4        —          0.4   

Identifiable intangibles

    12.5        —          12.5   

Goodwill

    34.8        0.7        35.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

    56.4        0.6        57.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

    (5.3     (0.3     (5.6

Other long-term liabilities

    (0.1     —          (0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    (5.4     (0.3     (5.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase price of 2011 Acquisitions

  $ 51.0      $ 0.3      $ 51.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) As previously reported in the Corporation’s 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 2—ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

 

The following is the fair value of the equipment and software of the 2011 Acquisitions acquired at the date of acquisition (dollars in millions):

 

Equipment and software

   Fair-Value      Weighted Average
Useful Life (Yr.)
 

Equipment and software

   $ 0.4         4.7   

The following are the fair values of the identifiable intangible assets of the 2011 Acquisitions acquired at the date of acquisition (dollars in millions):

 

Identifiable Intangibles

   Fair-Value      Weighted Average
Useful Life (Yr.)
 

Customer relationships

   $ 11.1         7.0   

Trade name

     0.5         6.0   

Non-compete agreement

     0.9         5.0   
  

 

 

    
   $ 12.5      
  

 

 

    

Other

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012, the Corporation incurred $5.2 million, $12.9 million, and $10.7 million, respectively, of acquisition related costs, which have been classified as a component of merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges.

Pro Forma

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations or financial condition of the Corporation that would have been reported had the acquisitions been completed as of the date or for the periods presented, and should not be taken as representative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial condition of the Corporation.

The unaudited pro forma effect of the acquisitions assuming the acquisitions occurred on January 1, 2011, excluding the merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges, Hurricane Sandy disaster costs, the 2011 impairment charge and assuming an effective tax rate exclusive of discrete items for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, would be as follows (dollars in millions, except per share amounts):

 

     For the years  ended
December 31,
 
     2011      2012  

Revenues

   $ 2,213.1       $ 1,903.9   

Net income

   $ 35.8       $ 38.5   

Earnings per common share:

     

Basic

   $ 1.22       $ 1.31   

Diluted

   $ 1.21       $ 1.29   

 

F-17


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 3—EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

Equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following (dollars in millions):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  

Leasehold improvements

   $ 14.3      $ 14.7   

Equipment and software

     123.2        139.0   

Leased equipment

     2.9        —     

Construction in progress

     4.6        5.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     145.0        158.8   

Accumulated depreciation

     (92.6     (105.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equipment and leasehold improvements

   $ 52.4      $ 53.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following is a progression of equipment and leasehold improvements for the periods presented (dollars in millions):

 

    Balance at
December 31,

2010
    Additions     Disposals     Balance at
December 31,

2011
    Additions     Disposals     Balance at
December 31,

2012
 

Equipment and leasehold improvements:

             

Leasehold improvements

  $ 13.6      $ 0.9      $ (0.2   $ 14.3      $ 1.3      $ (0.9   $ 14.7   

Equipment and software

    115.4        12.2        (4.4     123.2        22.1        (6.3     139.0   

Leased equipment

    3.0        —          (0.1     2.9        (2.3     (0.6     —     

Construction in progress

    4.0        0.6        —          4.6        0.5        —          5.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sub-Total

    136.0        13.7        (4.7     145.0        21.6        (7.8     158.8   

Accumulated depreciation

    (76.5     (20.1     4.0        (92.6     (18.6     5.5        (105.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 59.5      $ (6.4   $ (0.7   $ 52.4      $ 3.0      $ (2.3   $ 53.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense totaled $18.8 million, $20.1 million, and $18.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively.

Total estimated depreciation expense for the Corporation’s equipment and leasehold improvements for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (dollars in millions):

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2013

   $ 17.0   

2014

     12.2   

2015

     8.7   

2016

     4.4   

2017

     2.7   

Thereafter

     8.1   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 53.1   
  

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 4—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLES

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 (dollars in millions):

 

Balance at December 31, 2010, as adjusted

   $ 179.4   

Goodwill acquired from 2011 acquisitions, as adjusted

     35.5   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011, as adjusted

     214.9   

Goodwill acquired from 2012 acquisitions

     53.3   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 268.2   
  

 

 

 

The following table presents the components of the Corporation’s intangible assets (dollars in millions):

 

Finite Lived Intangible Assets

  Balance at
December 31,

2010
    Additions     Impairment     Balance at
December 31,

2011
    Additions     Balance at
December 31,

2012
 

Customer relationships

  $ 95.1      $ 11.1      $ (10.2   $ 96.0      $ 2.8      $ 98.8   

Trade name

    29.5        0.5        —          30.0        27.0        57.0   

Non-compete agreements

    5.9        2.5        —          8.4        4.2        12.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sub Total

    130.5        14.1        (10.2     134.4        34.0        168.4   

Accumulated amortization

    (28.3     (11.0     5.1        (34.2     (12.3     (46.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net intangible assets

  $ 102.2      $ 3.1      $ (5.1   $ 100.2      $ 21.7      $ 121.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense relating to finite-lived intangible assets was $9.3 million, $11.0 million, and $12.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

During the third quarter of 2011, the Corporation recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $5.1 million related to finite-lived customer relationships. The impairment was incurred as the result of non-renewal of certain customer contracts. The impairment was related to intangible assets acquired in an acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2005. These asset groups were assessed for recoverability and management determined the finite-lived customer relationship assets to be impaired. No other assets within the asset groups were deemed impaired. Using a discounted cash flow analysis, the Corporation determined that the pre-tax impairment charge of $5.1 million was required to write the carrying value down to fair value, resulting in a loss per diluted share impact of $0.11. The Corporation recognized the impairment as a permanent write-down of the cost basis and accumulated amortization of the affected assets.

Total estimated amortization expense for the Corporation’s finite-lived intangible assets for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (dollars in millions):

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2013

   $ 14.1   

2014

     13.1   

2015

     12.9   

2016

     12.6   

2017

     11.4   

Thereafter

     57.8   
  

 

 

 
   $ 121.9   
  

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 5—CREDIT AGREEMENT

On May 2, 2011, the Corporation entered into a long-term credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) among the Corporation, the Lenders named therein, and Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”), as Administrative Agent. The Credit Agreement consists of a $250.0 million term loan facility and a $200.0 million revolving credit facility. The terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement are customary to facilities of this nature.

As of December 31, 2012, $243.8 million was outstanding under the term loan facility and $71.7 million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement matures on June 30, 2016, at which time the commitments of the Lenders to make revolving loans also expire.

The table below summarizes the term debt and revolving credit facility of the Corporation (dollars in millions):

 

      December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2012
 

Credit Agreement:

     

Term Debt—payable to lenders at LIBOR plus applicable margin (2.71% as of December 31, 2012), matures June 30, 2016

   $ 250.0       $ 243.8   

Revolving Credit Facility payable to lenders, interest at LIBOR plus applicable margin (2.71% as of December 31, 2012) and base rate plus applicable margin (4.75% as of December 31, 2012), matures June 30, 2016

     50.0         71.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     300.0         315.5   

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

     6.3         12.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 293.7       $ 303.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Corporation’s indebtedness had the following maturities for the remaining life of the Credit Agreement (dollars in millions):

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Term Debt      Revolving
Credit
Facility
     Total
Maturities
 

2013

   $ 12.5       $ —         $ 12.5   

2014

     12.5         —           12.5   

2015

     112.5         —           112.5   

2016

     106.3         71.7         178.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 243.8       $ 71.7       $ 315.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Credit Agreement provides for the issuance of letters of credit which, when issued, reduce availability under the revolving credit facility. The aggregate amount of letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2012 was $2.0 million. After giving effect to the letters of credit, total availability under the revolving credit facility was $126.3 million as of December 31, 2012. The revolving credit facility contains a $100.0 million accordion feature, which permits the Corporation to increase the total debt capacity, up to an aggregate of $543.8 million, subject to securing additional commitments from existing or new lenders.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a floating rate equal to, at the Corporation’s option, a base rate plus a margin between 1.25% and 2.00% per annum, or an adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBO Rate” or “LIBOR”) plus a margin between 2.25% and 3.00% per annum, in each case depending on the leverage ratio of the Corporation as defined by the Credit Agreement.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 5—CREDIT AGREEMENT (Continued)

 

The base rate is the greater of the prime lending rate in effect on such day, the federal funds effective rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on such day plus 0.5%, or the adjusted LIBO Rate for deposits for a period equal to one month plus 1.0%. Any changes in the base rate, federal funds rate or adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the rate, as applicable. The Credit Agreement also provides for letter of credit fees between 2.25% and 3.00%, plus a fronting fee payable to the letter of credit issuing bank and a commitment fee payable on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility, which shall accrue at a rate per annum ranging from 0.375% to 0.500%, in each case depending on the leverage ratio of the Corporation.

The Corporation’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Corporation’s assets. Those obligations are guaranteed by many of the Corporation’s wholly-owned subsidiaries and the obligations of the guarantors are secured by substantially all of their assets. The foregoing includes a pledge of all of the equity interests of substantially all of the Corporation’s direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries and a portion of the equity interests of any future foreign subsidiaries.

Covenants

The Credit Agreement requires the Corporation to satisfy an interest coverage ratio, a leverage ratio and limitations on capital expenditures. The interest coverage ratio, which is tested as of the last day of any fiscal quarter on a trailing four quarters basis, can be no less than: 3.00:1.00. The leverage ratio, which also is tested quarterly, cannot exceed 4.00:1.00 from the end of the first full fiscal quarter ending after the effective date, through the quarter ending December 31, 2012; cannot exceed 3.75:1.00 for each of the four quarters in the year ending December 31, 2013; and cannot exceed 3.50:1.00 for all remaining quarters through the expiration of the Credit Agreement. In addition, capital expenditures (other than those funded with proceeds of asset sales or insurance proceeds) are restricted in any fiscal year to 3.0% of revenues.

In addition, the Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, which among other things, limit the Corporation’s ability to incur additional debt, create liens, pay dividends, effect transactions with the Corporation’s affiliates, sell assets, pay subordinated debt, merge, consolidate, enter into acquisitions, and effect sale leaseback transactions.

The financial covenant requirements as defined by the Corporation’s Credit Agreements are as follows:

 

     Interest Coverage Ratio      Leverage Ratio      Capital Expenditures  

Requirement

     >=3.00 to 1.00         <=4.00 to 1.00         <=3.00

December 31, 2011

     11.99         2.44         0.63

December 31, 2012

     11.07         2.54         1.14

Deferred Financing Fees

The Corporation capitalized a total of $9.8 million in deferred financing fees associated with the Credit Agreement and recorded them as other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation had $8.3 million of unamortized deferred financing fees.

NOTE 6—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Action and Regulatory

On September 7, 2011, Omnicare filed a lawsuit in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware against the Corporation and the members of the Board of Directors, alleging that the members of the Board of Directors breached their fiduciary duties by refusing to negotiate with Omnicare, failing to inform themselves of the merits

 

F-21


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 6—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

 

of the tender offer, and failing to consider and negotiate the tender offer. On March 2, 2012, Omnicare dismissed the entire case without prejudice.

On September 9, 2011, the Louisiana Municipal Police Employees’ Retirement System (“LMPERS”) filed a lawsuit in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, purportedly on behalf of a class of the Corporation’s stockholders, against the Corporation and the members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors, styled Louisiana Municipal Police Employees’ Retirement System v. Frank Collins, et al., Civil Action No. 6851-CS. In the action, LMPERS alleged that the members of the Board of Directors breached their fiduciary duties to the Corporation and its stockholders by, among other things, adopting the Rights Agreement and failing to respond appropriately to the tender offer. LMPERS sought declaratory and injunctive relief, including an order certifying the case as a class action and an order enjoining application of the Rights Agreement and Section 203 of the DGCL to the tender offer and proposed merger.

On September 22, 2011, Hugh F. Drummond as Trustee of the FBO Hugh F. Drummond Trust (“Drummond”) filed a lawsuit in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, purportedly on behalf of a class of the Corporation’s stockholders, against the Corporation and the members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors, styled Hugh F. Drummond as Trustee of the FBO Hugh F. Drummond Trust v. PharMerica Corp., et al., Civil Action No. 6882. In the action, Drummond alleged that the members of the Board of Directors breached their fiduciary duties to the Corporation and the Corporation’s stockholders by, among other things, adopting the Rights Agreement and failing to respond appropriately to the tender offer. Drummond sought declaratory and injunctive relief, including an order certifying the case as a class action and an order enjoining the directors and the Corporation from excluding strategic bidders, including Omnicare, imposing unreasonable preconditions on such strategic bidders, refusing to provide due diligence to strategic bidders, and conducting a limited sale process not designed to produce the best transaction for PharMerica’s stockholders.

On October 3, 2011, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware entered an order consolidating the LMPERS and Drummond actions under the caption In re PharMerica Corporation Shareholders Litigation, Consolidated Civil Action No. 6851-CS. Plaintiffs in the consolidated action designated the complaint filed in the Drummond action as operative. On May 15, 2012, the case was dismissed.

The Corporation is responding to investigations by the U.S. Attorneys and by the Drug Enforcement Agency into the Corporation’s alleged failure to comply with various laws and regulations relating to the control and dispensing of certain controlled substances as well as the potential filing of false claims for payments of certain controlled substances that the Corporation dispensed to nursing home residents. The Corporation has been informed that the government believes that the claims at issue were not eligible for payment due to the alleged non-compliance with various Medicare, Medicaid and other laws and regulations relating to the dispensing, control, sale, billing and reimbursement for such controlled substances. The Corporation denies the allegations made by the government and will defend itself in the event any actions are brought by the government. At this time, we are unable to estimate the outcome of the investigations. If the government brings claims and the Corporation is not successful in defending them, it could result in fines and recoupment of government claims.

In addition, the Corporation is involved in certain legal actions and regulatory investigations arising in the ordinary course of business. At this time, the Corporation is unable to determine the impact of these investigations on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 6—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

 

FUL and AMP Changes

The 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation amended the DRA to change the definition of the Federal Upper Limit or FUL by requiring the calculation of the FUL as no less than 175% of the weighted average, based on utilization, of the most recently reported monthly AMP for pharmaceutically and therapeutically equivalent multi-source drugs available through retail community pharmacies nationally.

In addition, the definition of AMP changed to reflect net sales only to drug wholesalers that distribute to retail community pharmacies and to retail community pharmacies that directly purchase from drug manufacturers. Further, the 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation continues the current statutory exclusion of prompt pay discounts offered to wholesalers and adds three other exclusions to the AMP definition: i) bona fide services fees; ii) reimbursement for unsalable returned goods (recalled, expired, damaged, etc.); and iii) payments from and rebates/discounts to certain entities not conducting business as a wholesaler or retail community pharmacy. In addition to reporting monthly, the manufacturers are required to report the total number of units used to calculate each monthly AMP. CMS will use this information when it establishes FULs as a result of the new volume-weighted requirements pursuant to the 2010 Health Care Reform Legislation.

In September 2011, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) issued the first draft FUL reimbursement files for multiple source drugs, including the draft methodology used to calculate the FULs in accordance with the Health Care Legislation. These draft FUL prices are based on the manufacturer reported and certified July 2011 monthly AMP and AMP unit data. CMS continues to release this data monthly and is expected to do so going forward. CMS has not posted monthly AMPs for individual drugs, but only posted the weighted average of monthly AMPs in a FUL group and the calculation methodology.

On February 2, 2012, CMS issued proposed regulations further clarifying the AMP and FUL changes described above and indicated that the final rule would be issued sometime in 2013.

Until CMS provides final guidance and the industry adapts to this now public available pricing information, the Corporation is unable to fully evaluate the impact of the changes in FUL and AMP to its business.

CMS Proposed Rule on Consultant Pharmacists

In October 2011, CMS issued a proposed rule entitled “Medicare Program; Proposed Changes to the Medicare Advantage and the Medicare Prescription Drug Benefit Programs for Contract Year 2013 and Other Proposed Changes; Considering Changes to the Conditions of Participation for Long Term Care Facilities” (the “Proposed Rule”). In the Proposed Rule, CMS outlined its concerns, and requests comments, regarding certain contractual arrangements between Long Term Care (“LTC”) facilities, LTC pharmacies, consultant pharmacies, and pharmaceutical manufacturers. In April 2012, after reviewing the comments, CMS declined to finalize the portion of the Proposed Rule requiring the independence of consultant pharmacists from LTC pharmacies. CMS further noted that “the [independent consultant pharmacist] requirement would be highly disruptive to both LTC facilities and consultant pharmacists,” and without additional regulation of facility staff and providers, any benefits would not “outweigh the costs of industry disruption.” However, CMS solicited additional comments and acknowledged the possibility of future regulations if there fails to be improvement in inappropriate utilization throughout the industry. The Corporation believes that a future rule, which could require the independence of consultant pharmacists, may increase overall costs for payers and customers and reduce the quality of care and service to long-term care patients and residents. However, until CMS provides additional guidance, the Corporation is unable to fully evaluate the impact future regulations in consultant pharmacist services to its business.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 6—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

 

Acquisitions

The Corporation has historically acquired the stock or assets of businesses with prior operating histories. Acquired companies may have unknown or contingent liabilities, including liabilities for failure to comply with healthcare laws and regulations, medical, and general professional liabilities, workers’ compensation liabilities, previous tax liabilities, and unacceptable business practices.

Although the Corporation institutes policies designed to conform practices to its standards following completion of acquisitions, there can be no assurance the Corporation will not become liable for past activities that may later be asserted to be improper by private plaintiffs or government agencies. Although the Corporation generally seeks to obtain indemnification from prospective sellers covering such matters, there can be no assurance that any such matter will be covered by indemnification, or if covered, that such indemnification will be adequate to cover potential losses and fines. In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation enters into contracts containing standard indemnification provisions and indemnifications specific to a transaction such as business acquisitions and disposals of an operating facility. These indemnifications may cover claims against employment-related matters, governmental regulations, environmental issues, tax matters, as well as customer, third party payer, supplier, and contractual relationships. Obligations under these indemnities generally would be initiated by a breach of the terms of the contract or by a third party claim or event.

Prime Vendor Agreement

On January 4, 2011, the Corporation entered into an Amended and Restated Prime Vendor Agreement for Long-Term Care Pharmacies (the “Amended Prime Vendor Agreement”) by and between AmerisourceBergen Drug Corporation (“ABDC”), a wholly owned subsidiary of AmerisourceBergen Corporation, the Corporation, Pharmacy Corporation of America and Chem Rx Pharmacy Services, LLC (“Chem Rx”). The Amended Prime Vendor Agreement became effective on January 1, 2011 and, upon its effectiveness, superseded in its entirety the Prime Vendor Agreement for Long-Term Care Pharmacies entered into as of August 1, 2007 between the Corporation and ABDC.

The Amended Prime Vendor Agreement incorporates Chem Rx and is otherwise substantially the same in scope except for modifications to select sourcing and rebate terms. The term of the Amended Prime Vendor Agreement was extended until September 30, 2013, with one-year automatic renewal periods unless either party provides prior notice of its intent not to renew.

The Corporation amended the Amended Prime Vendor Agreement effective January 1, 2013. See Note 14.

Employment Agreements

The Corporation has entered into employment agreements with certain of its executive officers. During the employment period, certain executive officers will be eligible to (i) participate in any short-term and long-term incentive programs established or maintained by the Corporation, (ii) participate in all incentive, savings and retirement plans and programs of the Corporation, (iii) participate, along with their dependents, in all welfare benefit plans and programs provided by the Corporation, and (iv) receive four weeks of paid vacation per calendar year.

The type of compensation due to each of the executive officers in the event of the termination of their employment period varies depending on the nature of the termination. The employment agreements generally do not entitle the executive officers to any additional payment or benefits solely upon the occurrence of a change in

 

F-24


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 6—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

 

control but do provide additional payments or benefits or both upon a termination of employment in connection with a change in control. Additionally, the vesting of certain equity based grants made to certain executive officers accelerate upon the occurrence of a change in control.

Leases

The Corporation leases real estate properties, buildings, vehicles, and equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable leases. The leases expire at various times and have various renewal options. Certain leases that meet the lease capitalization criteria have been recorded as an asset and liability at the net present value of the minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease. Interest rates used in computing the net present value of the lease payments are based on the Corporation’s incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the lease. The Corporation recorded the following lease expense for the periods presented (dollars in millions):

 

     2010      2011      2012  

Pharmacy locations and administrative offices lease expense

   $ 14.0       $ 14.4       $ 14.4   

Office equipment lease expense

     2.1         2.5         2.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease expense

   $ 16.1       $ 16.9       $ 16.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Future minimum lease payments for those leases having an initial or remaining non-cancelable lease term in excess of one year are as follows for the years indicated (dollars in millions):

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Operating
Leases
 

2013

   $ 15.2   

2014

     10.1   

2015

     7.9   

2016

     6.0   

2017

     4.6   

Thereafter

     9.4   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 53.2   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 7—REVENUES

The Corporation recognizes revenues at the time services are provided or products are delivered. A significant portion of these revenues are billed to PDPs under Medicare Part D, the state Medicaid programs, long-term care institutions, third party insurance companies, and private payers. Some claims are electronically adjudicated through online processing at the point the prescription is dispensed such that the Corporation’s operating system is automatically updated with the actual amount to be reimbursed. As a result, revenues and the associated receivables are based upon the actual reimbursement to be received by the Corporation. For claims that are adjudicated on-line and are rejected or otherwise denied upon submission, the Corporation provides contractual allowances based upon historical trends, contractual reimbursement terms and other factors which may impact ultimate reimbursement. Amounts are adjusted to actual reimbursed amounts upon cash receipts.

Under the Medicare Part D benefit, payment is determined in accordance with the agreements the Corporation has negotiated with the Medicare Part D Plans. The remainder of the Corporation’s billings are paid or reimbursed by individual residents, long-term care facilities (including revenues for residents funded under Medicare Part A), and other third party payers, including Medicaid and private insurers.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 7—REVENUES (Continued)

 

The Medicare and Medicaid programs are highly regulated. The failure, even if inadvertent, of the Corporation and/or client facilities to comply with applicable reimbursement regulations could adversely affect the Corporation’s reimbursement under these programs and the Corporation’s ability to continue to participate in these programs. In addition, failure to comply with these regulations could subject the Corporation to other penalties.

As noted, the Corporation obtains reimbursement for drugs it provides to enrollees of a given Medicare Part D Plan in accordance with the terms of the agreement negotiated between it and that Medicare Part D Plan. The Corporation has entered into such agreements with all known Medicare Part D Plan sponsors under which it will provide drugs and associated services to their enrollees. The Corporation in the ordinary course of business has ongoing discussions with Medicare Part D Plans and may, as appropriate, renegotiate agreements.

The Corporation’s specialty infusion services revenues are recognized on the date that services and related products are provided to patients and are recorded at amounts estimated to be received under reimbursement arrangements with payers. Substantially all the Corporation’s specialty infusion services revenues are derived from fees charged for patient care under fee for-service arrangements.

The Corporation’s hospital pharmacy management revenues represent contractually defined management fees and the reimbursement of costs associated with the direct operations of hospital pharmacies, which are primarily comprised of personnel costs.

A summary of revenues by payer type for the years ended December 31, are as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     2010     2011     2012  
     Amount      % of
Revenues
    Amount      % of
Revenues
    Amount      % of
Revenues
 

Medicare Part D

   $ 859.5         46.5   $ 998.1         48.0   $ 873.0         47.6

Institutional healthcare providers

     555.8         30.1        616.2         29.6        561.4         30.6   

Medicaid

     169.6         9.2        217.2         10.4        165.9         9.1   

Private and other

     107.3         5.8        92.7         4.5        84.7         4.6   

Insured

     89.8         4.9        90.0         4.3        79.5         4.3   

Medicare

     7.4         0.4        4.4         0.2        4.2         0.3   

Hospital management fees

     57.9         3.1        62.5         3.0        63.9         3.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,847.3         100.0   $ 2,081.1         100.0   $ 1,832.6         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Co-payments for the Corporation’s services can be applicable under Medicare Part D, the state Medicaid programs, and certain third party payers and are typically not collected at the time products are delivered or services are provided. Co-payments under the Medicaid programs and third party plans are generally billed to the responsible party as part of the Corporation’s normal billing procedures and are subject to the Corporation’s normal collection procedures.

Under Medicare Part D, co-payments related to institutional residents who are both Medicare and Medicaid eligible (“dual eligible”) are due from the responsible party for up to the first thirty days of a beneficiary’s stay in a skilled nursing facility, subsequent to which the PDPs are responsible for reimbursement.

Under certain circumstances, including state-mandated return policies, the Corporation accepts returns of medications and issues a credit memorandum to the applicable payer. Product returns are processed in the period in which the return is accepted by the Corporation. A reserve has been established for such returns based on historical trends.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 8—MERGER, ACQUISITION, INTEGRATION COSTS AND OTHER CHARGES

The following is a summary of merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges incurred by the Corporation (dollars in millions):

 

     2010     2011     2012  

Merger, integration costs and other charges:

      

Pre-Pharmacy transaction litigation matters

   $ 5.0      $ (2.0   $ —     

IT Transition costs

     —          —          3.0   

Tender offer costs

     —          2.8        1.9   

Professional and advisory fees

     2.3        0.9        3.2   

General and administrative

     0.7        0.1        —     

Employee costs

     0.5        0.2        0.2   

Severance costs

     0.6        0.2        0.1   

Facility costs

     0.3        0.2        0.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     9.4        2.4        9.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition related costs:

      

Professional and advisory fees

     3.5        4.9        7.7   

General and administrative

     1.5        0.8        0.2   

Employee costs

     0.4        2.9        2.4   

Severance costs

     —          1.7        (0.3

Facility costs

     1.3        1.7        0.6   

Contingent consideration

     (1.7     —          —     

Other

     0.2        0.9        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5.2        12.9        10.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges

   $ 14.6      $ 15.3      $ 19.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Negative effect on diluted earnings per share

   $ (0.29   $ (0.32   $ (0.40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Corporation incurred various expenses as a result of Omnicare’s unsolicited tender offer including legal, investment banking and other fees. Tender offer costs of $2.8 million and $1.9 million, were incurred during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. In addition, the Corporation incurred costs and other charges related to the transition of the information technology services being provided by the Corporation’s current vendor to another vendor (“IT Transition”) during the year ended December 31, 2012 of $3.0 million.

During the second quarter of 2010, the Corporation recorded an estimated liability of $5.0 million related to certain claims arising from time periods prior to July 31, 2007. During the third quarter of 2011, the Corporation was informed that one claim would not be pursued. Therefore, the Corporation reversed $2.0 million of the estimated liability recorded in 2010.

The contingent consideration represented a future earn-out associated with the Corporation’s acquisition of an institutional pharmacy business based in West Virginia. The $1.7 million liability was relieved as of December 31, 2010 when it became apparent the contingent consideration would not be paid. The Corporation assessed the fair value of the liability through the date of determination which was August 10, 2012 when it was concluded that the gross profit requirement for the payout of the contingent consideration was not met.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 9—HURRICANE SANDY DISASTER COSTS

In October 2012, Hurricane Sandy caused significant damage on Long Island, New York and surrounding areas. The financial impacts of the storm to the Corporation’s Long Beach facility as well as damage and disruption at the Corporation’s customers’ facilities have been recorded as a separate component in the consolidated income statements. In addition, the Corporation has incurred actual losses as follows for the year ended December 31, 2012 (dollars in millions):

 

Fixed assets

   $ 1.6   

Excess operating costs

     1.4   

Inventory

     1.3   

Contractual and bad debt expense

     1.0   

Business continuation

     0.8   

Restoration

     0.5   

Professional fees

     0.2   

Employee costs

     0.1   

Insurance recoverable

     (2.4
  

 

 

 

Total net costs associated with Hurricane Sandy

   $ 4.5   
  

 

 

 

Negative effect on diluted earnings per share

   $ (0.09
  

 

 

 

The Corporation expects a portion of the cost associated with Hurricane Sandy to be covered by insurance. While the exact amount has not been determined, the Corporation’s current estimate of covered losses, net of its $1.0 million deductible, is approximately $2.4 million. After consideration of a $1.0 million advance by the insurance carrier the Corporation has recorded a receivable for $1.4 million which is included in prepaids and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The actual recovery will vary depending on the outcome of the insurance loss adjustment process. Accordingly, no offsetting benefit for insurance recoveries above the amount of the loss shown in the 2012 results was recorded. Additionally, the Corporation allocated $1.4 million of certain operating costs and $1.0 million in bad debt expense and contractual revenue adjustments associated with lost business and customers to Hurricane Sandy disaster costs in the consolidated income statement.

NOTE 10—COMMON STOCK, PREFERRED STOCK, TREASURY STOCK, STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS

Common Stock

Holders of the Corporation’s common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders may vote. There are no preemptive, conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Corporation’s common stock. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution, subject to any prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. In addition, the Corporation’s Credit Agreement imposes restrictions on its ability to pay cash dividends.

Preferred Stock

The certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of an aggregate of 1.0 million shares of preferred stock. On August 25, 2011, the Board of Directors designated 175,000 shares of preferred stock as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (“Series A Junior Preferred Stock”). As of December 31, 2012, there were no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 10—COMMON STOCK, PREFERRED STOCK, TREASURY STOCK, STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

 

The Series A Junior Preferred Stock is entitled to receive quarterly cumulative dividends in an amount per whole share equal to the greater of $10.00 or 1,000 times the dividends declared on the Common Stock since the preceding quarterly dividend payment date, or with respect to the first quarterly dividend payment date, since the date of issuance, and a liquidation preference of a minimum of $10.00 per whole share, plus an amount equal to any accrued dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of payment, and will be entitled to an aggregate payment per whole share equal to 1,000 times the amount per share distributed to the holders of Common Stock. Holders of Series A Junior Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on each matter on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote, and have 1,000 votes per whole share. The preferred stockholders also are entitled to certain corporate governance and special voting rights, as defined in the certificate of designation.

The Corporation’s Board of Directors may, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designation, powers, rights, preferences and limitations of each series. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on the Corporation’s shares of common stock. Holders of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation before any payment is made to the holders of the Corporation’s common stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of the Corporation’s securities or the removal of incumbent management. The Board of Directors may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights that could adversely affect the holders of common stock. Specifically, the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation authorizes the Corporation’s Board of Directors to adopt a rights plan without stockholder approval. This could delay or prevent a change in control of the Corporation or the removal of existing management.

On August 25, 2011, the Board of Directors adopted a rights plan (the “Rights Agreement”), providing for the distribution of one right for each share of common stock outstanding (a “Right”). Each right entitled the holder to purchase one one-thousandth (1/1000th) of a share of Series A Junior Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation at a price of $45.00 per one one-thousandth (1/1000th) of a share, subject to adjustment. The rights were to become exercisable at the discretion of the Board of Directors following a public announcement that 15% or more of the Corporation’s common stock has been acquired or an intent to acquire has become apparent.

On March 28, 2012, the Corporation amended the Rights Agreement (the “Amendment”). The Amendment amends the final expiration date of the Corporation’s Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock purchase rights issued pursuant to the Rights Agreement from August 25, 2011 to March 28, 2012. Accordingly, the Rights expired and were terminated at the close of business on March 28, 2012.

Treasury Stock Purchases

In August 2010, the Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase of up to $25.0 million of the Corporation’s common stock, of which $10.5 million was used. On July 2, 2012 the Board of Directors authorized an increase to the remaining portion of the existing stock repurchase program that will allow the Corporation to again purchase back up to a maximum of $25.0 million of the Corporation’s common stock. Share repurchases under this authorization may be made in the open market through unsolicited or solicited privately negotiated transactions, or in such other appropriate manner, and will be funded from available cash. The amount

 

F-29


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 10—COMMON STOCK, PREFERRED STOCK, TREASURY STOCK, STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

 

and timing of the repurchases, if any, will be determined by the Corporation’s management and will depend on a variety of factors including price, corporate and regulatory requirements, capital availability and other market conditions. Common stock acquired through the share repurchase program will be held as treasury shares and may be used for general corporate purposes, including reissuances in connection with acquisitions, employee stock option exercises or other employee stock plans. The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be limited, terminated or extended at any time without prior notice. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Corporation repurchased 82,801 shares of common stock for an aggregate purchase price, including commissions, of $1.0 million at an average purchase price of $11.96 per share. The Corporation did not repurchase shares under this program during the year ended December 31, 2011.

The Corporation may redeem shares from employees upon the vesting of the Corporation’s stock awards for minimum statutory tax withholding purposes. The Corporation redeemed 23,364 shares of certain vested awards for an aggregate price of approximately $0.2 million during year ended December 31, 2012. These shares have also been designated by the Corporation as treasury stock.

As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation had a total of 1,456,293 shares held as treasury stock.

Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan

The Corporation has adopted the Amended and Restated PharMerica Corporation 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended and restated, the “Omnibus Plan”) under which the Corporation is authorized to grant equity-based and other awards to its employees, officers, directors, and consultants.

The Corporation has reserved 7,237,000 shares of its common stock for awards to be granted under the Omnibus Plan plus 534,642 shares reserved for substitute equity awards. Under the “fungible share pool,” one share of stock will be subtracted from the share limit for each share of stock covered by a stock option or stock appreciation right award and 1.65 shares of stock will be subtracted from the share limit for each share of stock covered by any full-value award, including restricted share awards, restricted stock units and performance share awards at target. The following shares are not available for re-grant under the Omnibus Plan: (i) shares tendered by a participant or withheld by the Corporation to pay the purchase price of a stock option award or to satisfy taxes owed with respect to an award, (ii) shares subject to a stock appreciation right that are not issued in connection with such award’s settlement upon the exercise thereof, and (iii) shares reacquired by the Corporation using cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the exercise of stock options. Effective January 1, 2010, shares subject to an award that is forfeited, expired or settled for cash, are available for re-grant under the Omnibus Plan as one share of stock for each share of stock covered by a stock option or appreciation right and 1.65 shares of stock for each share of stock covered by any other type of award.

The Corporation’s Compensation Committee administers the Omnibus Plan and has the authority to determine the recipient of the awards, the types of awards, the number of shares covered, and the terms and conditions of the awards. The Omnibus Plan allows for grants of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted share and restricted stock units, deferred shares, performance awards, including cash bonus awards, and other stock-based awards.

Stock options granted to officers and employees under the Omnibus Plan generally vest in four equal annual installments and have a term of seven years. The restricted share awards granted to officers and employees generally vest in full upon the three-year anniversary of the date of grant. The restricted stock units granted to officers generally vest in two or three equal annual installments. The restricted share awards granted to members

 

F-30


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 10—COMMON STOCK, PREFERRED STOCK, TREASURY STOCK, STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

 

of the Board of Directors vest in three equal annual installments. The restricted stock units granted to members of the Board of Directors vest in one annual installment. The performance share units granted under the Omnibus Plan vest based upon the achievement of a target amount of the Corporation’s earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, merger, acquisition, integration costs and other charges, Hurricane Sandy disaster costs, impairment of intangible assets, and any changes in accounting principles, which reinforces the importance of achieving the Corporation’s profitability objectives. The performance is generally measured over a three-year period.

As of December 31, 2012, total shares available for grants of stock-based awards pursuant to the Omnibus Plan were 3,015,100 shares. The 3,015,100 shares do not take into consideration the dilution of 1.65 shares of stock for any full-value award, including restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and performance share awards at target. The number of shares remaining available for future issuance calculated under the fungible share pool would be 2,331,162.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The following is a summary of stock-based compensation incurred by the Corporation (dollars in millions, except per share amounts):

 

     2010     2011     2012  

Stock option compensation expense

   $ 2.6      $ 2.4      $ 1.6   

Nonvested stock compensation expense

     2.2        3.5        5.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stock Compensation Expense

   $ 4.8      $ 5.9      $ 6.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Negative effect on diluted earnings per share

   $ (0.10   $ (0.12   $ (0.13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, there was $8.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the Corporation’s stock compensation arrangements. Total unrecognized compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures.

Total estimated stock-based compensation expense for the Corporation’s stock options and nonvested stock awards for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     Stock
Options
     Nonvested
Restricted

Stock  Units
     Performance
Share Units
     Total  

Year Ending December 31,

                           

2013

   $ 1.3       $ 2.9       $ 1.0       $ 5.2   

2014

     0.7         1.6         0.7         3.0   

2015

     0.2         0.2         0.1         0.5   

2016

     —                 —     

2017

     —           —           —           —     

Thereafter

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2.2       $ 4.7       $ 1.8       $ 8.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 10—COMMON STOCK, PREFERRED STOCK, TREASURY STOCK, STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

 

The following weighted average assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented, using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model:

 

    2010     2011  

Expected volatility (range)

    38.53-45.54     42.23-46.34

Risk free interest rate (range)

    0.49-2.47     0.19-2.20

Expected dividends

    —          —     

Average expected term (years)

    2.0-5.0        2.0-5.0   

Average fair value per share of stock options granted based on the Black-Scholes-Merton model (dollars)

  $ 5.79      $ 3.61   

Weighted average fair value of options granted (in millions)

  $ 3.3      $ 2.4   

The Corporation did not issue stock options during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Expected Volatility

Volatility is a measure of the tendency of investment returns to vary around a long-term average rate. Historical volatility is an appropriate starting point for setting this assumption. The Corporation also considers how future experience may differ from the past. This may require using other factors to adjust historical volatility, such as implied volatility, peer-group volatility and the range and mean-reversion of volatility estimates over various historical periods. The peer-group utilized consisted of fourteen companies in 2009 and 2010 and twelve companies in 2011, in the same or similar industries as the Corporation. The Corporation estimates the volatility of its common stock in conjunction with the Corporation’s annual grant and volatility is calculated utilizing the historical volatility of the Corporation and its peer-group. To the extent material grants are made subsequent to the Corporation’s annual grant, the volatility calculation is updated through the most recent grant date of the awards.

Risk-Free Interest Rate

The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the option.

Expected Dividends

The Corporation has never paid any cash dividends on its common stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, it uses an expected dividend yield of zero.

Expected Term

The Corporation calculated an expected term using management’s estimate and expectation of option exercises. The majority of the Corporation’s stock options are on a graded-vesting schedule. The Corporation estimates the value of awards with graded vesting by treating each vesting tranche as a separate award. Management has determined to value each tranche of the awards separately utilizing a “multiple fair value” method.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 10—COMMON STOCK, PREFERRED STOCK, TREASURY STOCK, STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

 

Stock Option Activity

The following table summarizes option activity for the periods presented:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Term
     Aggregate
Instrinsic Value
(in millions)
 

Outstanding options at December 31, 2009

     1,733,325      $ 15.60         5.2 years       $ 1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     562,993        18.27         

Exercised

     (22,072     12.66         

Canceled

     (40,451     17.11         

Expired

     (10,052     14.53         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding options at December 31, 2010

     2,223,743      $ 16.28         4.7 years       $ 0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     657,576        10.89         

Exercised

     (18,713     12.34         

Canceled

     (91,357     14.81         

Expired

     (27,238     15.65         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding options at December 31, 2011

     2,744,011      $ 15.07         4.2 years       $ 3.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercised

     (40,468     10.72         

Canceled

     (139,633     13.69         

Expired

     (139,625     16.58         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding options at December 31, 2012

     2,424,285      $ 15.14         3.2 years       $ 1.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable options at December 31, 2012

     1,732,258      $ 15.72         2.6 years       $ 0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expired options during 2012

     139,625      $ 16.58         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 was $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Cash received from stock option exercises during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $0.4 million. The total fair value of options vested for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 was $2.3 million, $2.3 million, and $2.1 million, respectively. The Corporation expects to recognize stock based compensation expense for stock options over a remaining weighted average period of 1.1 years.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 10—COMMON STOCK, PREFERRED STOCK, TREASURY STOCK, STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

 

Nonvested Shares

The following table summarizes nonvested share activity for the periods presented:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Outstanding nonvested shares at December 31, 2009

     534,402      $ 15.98   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted—Restricted Stock Units

     39,144        16.35   

Granted—Performance Share Units

     178,472        18.00   

Forfeited

     (70,387     15.52   

Vested

     (191,776     16.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding nonvested shares at December 31, 2010

     489,855      $ 16.72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted—Restricted Stock Units

     498,333        11.34   

Granted—Performance Share Units

     186,533        10.78   

Forfeited

     (207,204     14.27   

Vested

     (151,028     16.50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding nonvested shares at December 31, 2011

     816,489      $ 12.69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted—Restricted Stock Units

     396,180        12.80   

Granted—Performance Share Units

     213,861        13.53   

Forfeited

     (174,938     13.23   

Vested

     (118,257     11.58   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding nonvested shares at December 31, 2012

     1,133,335      $ 13.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The total fair value of shares vested for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 was $3.1 million, $2.5 million, and $1.4 million, respectively. The Corporation expects to recognize stock based compensation expense for nonvested shares over a weighted average period of less than one year.

Based upon the achievement of the performance criteria at the end of the performance cycle for the performance share units issued to date, the Corporation may issue no shares or a maximum of 648,411 shares.

401(k) Plan

The Corporation sponsors a salary reduction plan qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code with a safe harbor matching contribution which is also a defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(a) for all eligible employees, as defined in the plan document. Contributions to the plan are based upon employee contributions and the Corporation’s matching contributions. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012, the Corporation’s matching contributions to the plan were $5.1 million, $5.9 million, and $6.0 million, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plans

The Corporation maintains an unfunded deferred compensation plan for certain management and highly compensated employees. Under the plan, a participant may elect to defer up to 50% of such participant’s annual

 

F-34


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 10—COMMON STOCK, PREFERRED STOCK, TREASURY STOCK, STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

 

base salary and up to 100% of such participant’s annual short-term incentive program cash bonus into the plan during each plan year. In addition, the Corporation may, in its sole discretion, make discretionary contributions to a participant’s account.

The Corporation also maintains a deferred compensation plan for the directors of the Corporation. The directors of the Corporation may elect to defer up to 100% of their cash fees and their stock fees in any one year. If a director elects to defer his/her restricted share grant, the shares will be deferred as they vest until the participant elects for the deferred compensation to be a taxable event.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Corporation had $3.9 million and $4.8 million, respectively, recognized as a long-term liability related to the deferred compensation plans in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Deferred compensation expense was $0.4 million, $0.1 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively.

NOTE 11—INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes is based upon the Corporation’s annual income or loss before income taxes for each respective accounting period. The following table summarizes the Corporation’s provision for income taxes for the periods presented (dollars in millions):

 

     2010      2011      2012  

Current provision:

        

Federal

   $ —         $ 0.1       $ 11.6   

State

     0.3         0.8         1.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     0.3         0.9         13.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred provision:

        

Federal

     11.4         12.4         1.4   

State

     1.3         1.5         1.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     12.7         13.9         2.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 13.0       $ 14.8       $ 15.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the Corporation’s effective tax rate and the U.S. statutory rate is as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

     2010     2011     2012  

U.S. statutory rate applied to pretax income

     35.0     35.0     35.0

Differential arising from:

      

State taxes

     4.7        4.5        4.2   

Valuation Allowance

     —          (0.1     —     

Other

     0.5        (0.7     1.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     40.2     38.7     40.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes as a percentage of taxable income for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2012 was higher than for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to a discrete tax benefit recorded in the

 

F-35


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 11—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

 

second quarter of 2011 related to the release of reserves for unrecognized tax benefits. Apart from the discrete tax benefit recorded as a result of the release of reserve, the effective tax rates in 2012, 2011 and 2010 are higher than the federal statutory rate largely as a result of the combined impact of state and local taxes and various non-deductible expenses.

The Corporation derives a current federal and state income tax benefit from the impact of deductions associated with the amortization of tax deductible goodwill acquired through business combinations. The tax basis of the Corporation’s tax deductible goodwill was approximately $121.6 million (as adjusted) and $123.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

The Corporation recognizes an asset or liability for the deferred tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. These temporary differences will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years when the reported amounts of the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled. The Corporation also recognizes as deferred tax assets, the future tax benefits from net operating and capital loss carryforwards. As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation has utilized all tax benefits from federal net operating loss carryforwards and tax benefits from state net operating loss carryforwards are $7.9 million, net of federal impact. The state net operating losses have carryforward periods ranging from 1 to 18 years depending on the taxing jurisdiction.

A valuation allowance is provided for the Corporation’s deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Corporation recognized net deferred tax assets totaling $37.1 million and $25.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, net of valuation allowances of $1.0 million.

Current deferred income taxes consisted of (dollars in millions):

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2012  
     Assets     Liabilities      Assets     Liabilities  

Accrued expenses

   $ 7.0      $ —         $ 8.4      $ —     

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     16.2        —           20.8        —     

Net operating losses

     9.8        —           1.2        —     

Other

     3.9        —           6.7        —     

Valuation allowance

     (0.4     —           (0.4     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current deferred taxes

   $ 36.5      $ —         $ 36.7      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred income taxes consisted of (dollars in millions):

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2012  
     Assets     Liabilities      Assets     Liabilities  

Accelerated depreciation

   $ —        $ 9.5       $ —        $ 9.2   

Stock-based compensation

     4.4        —           6.4        —     

Goodwill and intangibles

     —          8.6         —          22.8   

Net operating losses

     8.0        —           6.7        —     

Other

     7.1        0.2         8.5        0.1   

Valuation allowances

     (0.6     —           (0.6     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noncurrent deferred taxes

   $ 18.9      $ 18.3       $ 21.0      $ 32.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred taxes, net

   $ 0.6           $ 11.1   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 11—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, the Corporation had no reserves recorded as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits for U.S. federal and state tax jurisdictions.

It is the Corporation’s policy to accrue interest and penalties related to liabilities for income tax contingencies in the provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The federal statute of limitations remains open for tax years 2009 through 2011 however the Corporation’s federal returns for 2008 and 2009 have been previously audited by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The Corporation’s consolidated U.S. income tax returns for 2010 and 2011 are currently under examination by the IRS.

State tax jurisdictions generally have statutes of limitation ranging from three to five years. The Corporation is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006. The state income tax impact of federal income tax changes remains subject to examination by various states for a period of up to one year after formal notification of IRS settlement to the states.

NOTE 12—EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (dollars in millions, except per share amounts):

 

     2010      2011      2012  

Numerator:

        

Numerator for basic and earnings per diluted share—net income

   $ 19.2       $ 23.4       $ 22.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Denominator for basic earnings per share—weighted average shares

     30,007,268         29,343,221         29,471,734   

Effective of dilutive securities:

        

Employee stock options

     14,085         9,763         4,636   

Employee restricted shares

     88,139         7,229         8,506   

Employee restricted stock units

     23,539         108,239         184,677   

Employee performance share units

     —           —           232,343   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for earnings per diluted share - adjusted weighted average shares

     30,133,031         29,468,452         29,901,896   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

   $ 0.64       $ 0.80       $ 0.78   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted share

   $ 0.64       $ 0.79       $ 0.77   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unexercised employee stock options and unvested restricted shares excluded from the effect of dilutive securities above (a)

     2,086,320         2,594,643         2,574,284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) These unexercised employee stock options and nonvested restricted shares were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 12—EARNINGS PER SHARE (Continued)

 

Stock options and restricted shares and units granted by the Corporation are treated as potential common shares outstanding in computing earnings per diluted share. Performance share units are treated as potential common shares outstanding in computing earnings per diluted share only when the performance conditions are met.

Common shares repurchased by the Corporation reduce the number of basic shares used in the denominator for basic and diluted earnings per share.

NOTE 13—UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The quarterly interim information shown below has been prepared by the Corporation’s management and is unaudited. It should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements appearing herein (dollars in millions, except per share amounts).

 

     2011 Quarters      2012 Quarters  
     First      Second      Third     Fourth      First      Second      Third      Fourth  

Net revenues:

                      

Institutional pharmacy revenues

   $ 519.6       $ 516.0       $ 503.0      $ 480.0       $ 482.8       $ 442.3       $ 426.2       $ 413.0   

Hospital management and other revenues

     15.5         15.7         15.7        15.6         16.1         16.2         15.8         20.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     535.1         531.7         518.7        495.6         498.9         458.5         442.0         433.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold:

                      

Institutional pharmacy

     455.4         441.1         429.3        405.6         412.0         368.2         351.9         340.4   

Hospital management and other

     13.5         13.7         13.8        13.8         14.3         14.4         14.0         17.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of goods sold

     468.9         454.8         443.1        419.4         426.3         382.6         365.9         357.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit:

                      

Institutional pharmacy

     64.2         74.9         73.7        74.4         70.8         74.1         74.3         72.6   

Hospital management and other

     2.0         2.0         1.9        1.8         1.8         1.8         1.8         3.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross profit

     66.2         76.9         75.6        76.2         72.6         75.9         76.1         75.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 6.7       $ 13.5       $ 10.7      $ 16.1       $ 12.0       $ 15.2       $ 12.3       $ 9.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 3.3       $ 7.4       $ 4.8 (1)    $ 7.9       $ 5.6       $ 7.6       $ 6.0       $ 3.7 (2) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

                      

Basic

   $ 0.11       $ 0.25       $ 0.16      $ 0.27       $ 0.19       $ 0.26       $ 0.20       $ 0.13   

Diluted

   $ 0.11       $ 0.25       $ 0.16      $ 0.27       $ 0.19       $ 0.26       $ 0.20       $ 0.12   

Shares used in computing earnings per common share:

                      

Basic

     29.3         29.3         29.4        29.4         29.4         29.5         29.5         29.5   

Diluted

     29.4         29.4         29.5        29.6         29.7         29.7         29.8         30.0   

 

(1) During the third quarter 2011, the Corporation recognized a $5.1 million intangible impairment. See Note 4.
(2) During the fourth quarter 2012, the Corporation recognized losses related to Hurricane Sandy. See Note 9.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

PHARMERICA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 14—SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On January 25, 2013 the Corporation renegotiated its Amended Prime Vendor Agreement with AmerisourceBergen effective January 1, 2013. The First Amendment to the Amended Prime Vendor Agreement (the “First Amendment”) modifies the previous agreement, which was set to expire September 30, 2013 and extends its term until September 30, 2016.

The First Amendment requires the Corporation to purchase certain levels of brand and non-injectable generic drugs from ABDC. The First Amendment does provide the flexibility for the Corporation to contract with other suppliers. If the Corporation fails to adhere to the contractual purchase provisions ABDC has the ability to increase the Corporation’s drug pricing under the terms of the First Amendment.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Corporation has carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Corporation’s “disclosure controls and procedures” as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as of the end of the period covered by this report. The Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed so that information required to be disclosed in the Corporation’s reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms. The Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures are also intended to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Corporation’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives, and management necessarily is required to use its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2012, the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Corporation files and submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required and such information is accumulated and communicated as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the fourth quarter of 2012 we began to migrate certain information technology platforms and applications to a new support vendor. In connection with the migration to the new vendor management evaluated the impact of process changes on controls over financial reporting and updated our documentation and controls to ensure we maintain suitable controls over financial reporting.

There have been no other changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2012, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

  (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Corporation;

 

  (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Corporation are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Corporation; and

 

79


Table of Contents
  (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Corporation’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.

Based upon our assessment and those criteria, management has concluded that the Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012.

The Corporation has excluded the Amerita, Inc. acquisition from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 because it was acquired by the Corporation on December 13, 2012. The total assets of Amerita, Inc. represent 11.3% of the related consolidated balance sheet amount as of December 31, 2012. The Corporation continues to integrate new acquisitions into corporate processes. No potential internal control changes due to new acquisitions would be considered material to, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

The effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 has been audited by KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, who also audited our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2012 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as stated in their report which appears with our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

 

80


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement to be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2012. We refer to this proxy statement as the 2013 Proxy Statement.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Incorporated herein by reference from the Corporation’s 2013 Proxy Statement.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Incorporated herein by reference from the Corporation’s 2013 Proxy Statement.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Incorporated herein by reference from the Corporation’s 2013 Proxy Statement.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Incorporated herein by reference from the Corporation’s 2013 Proxy Statement.

 

81


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits

 

(a)

(1) All Financial Statements

Consolidated financial statements filed as part of this report are listed under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

No schedules are required because either the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

    2.1    Master Transaction Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2006, by and among AmerisourceBergen Corporation, PharMerica, Inc., Kindred Healthcare, Inc., Kindred Pharmacy Services, Inc., Kindred Healthcare Operating, Inc., Safari Holding Corporation, Hippo Merger Corporation and Rhino Merger Corporation (1)
    2.2    Amendment No. 1 to Master Transaction Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2007, by and among AmerisourceBergen Corporation, PharMerica, Inc., Kindred Healthcare, Inc., Kindred Pharmacy Services, Inc., Kindred Healthcare Operating, Inc., Safari Holding Corporation, Hippo Merger Corporation and Rhino Merger Corporation (2)
    2.3    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2010, by and between Chem Rx Corporation, and certain of its subsidiaries, as Seller, Chem Rx Acquisition Sub, LLC, as Buyer, and PharMerica Corporation, as Buyer’s Guarantor (17)
    3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended (3)
    3.2    Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant (3)
    3.3    Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation (18)
    3.4    Certificate of Elimination for PharMerica Corporation Series A Junior Participant Preferred Stock (22)
    4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant (2)
    4.2    Rights Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2011, between PharMerica Corporation and Mellon Investor Services LLC as Rights Agent, which includes the form of Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as Exhibit A, the form of Right Certificate as Exhibit B and the Summary of Rights to Purchase Shares of Preferred Stock of PharMerica Corporation as Exhibit C. (18)
    4.3    Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2012, between PharMerica Corporation and Computershare Shareowner Services LLC (f/k/a Mellon Investor Services LLC), as Rights Agent. (22)
  10.1    Master Pharmacy Provider Agreement dated as of July 1, 2004 by and among Kindred Healthcare Operating, Inc., Kindred Hospitals East L.L.C., Kindred Hospitals West, L.L.C., Kindred Hospitals Limited Partnership, THC—Seattle, Inc., THC—Chicago, Inc., and Kindred Pharmacy Services, Inc. (5)

 

82


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  10.2    Employment Agreement dated July 11, 2007 between Michael Culotta and Safari Holding Corporation (5) †
  10.3    Employment Agreement dated July 11, 2007 between Anthony Hernandez and Safari Holding Corporation (5) †
  10.4    Form CEO Stock Option Award Agreement (6) †
  10.5    Form Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (6) †
  10.6    Employment Agreement dated July 31, 2007 between Robert McKay and PharMerica Corporation (3) †
  10.7    Employment Agreement dated August 7, 2007 between Thomas Caneris and PharMerica Corporation (3) †
  10.8    Form Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement † (9)
  10.9    Form of Substitution NQSO Agreement for AmerisourceBergen 2001 Grants (3) †
  10.10    Form of Substitution NQSO Agreement for AmerisourceBergen 2002 Grants (3) †
  10.11    Form of Substitution NQSO Agreement for Kindred Grants (3) †
  10.12    Form of Substitution ISO Agreement for Kindred Grants (3) †
  10.13    Trademark License Agreement (4)
  10.14    Summary of Director Compensation Program (4) †
  10.15    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (8) †
  10.16    Form of Performance Share Award Agreement (adjusted EBITDA and adjusted ROIC) (11) †
  10.17    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (11) †
  10.18    Summary of 2010 CEO Short-Term Incentive Program and 2010 Short-Term Incentive Program (12) †
  10.19    Summary of 2010 Long-Term Incentive Program (12) †
  10.20    Amended and Restated PharMerica Corporation 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan Adopted May 26, 2010 (13) †
  10.21    Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (13) †
  10.22    Employment Agreement dated September 30, 2010 between Gregory S. Weishar and PharMerica Corporation (14) †
  10.23    Amended and Restated Prime Vendor Agreement for Long-Term Care Pharmacies dated January 4, 2011 by and between AmerisourceBergen Drug Corporation, PharMerica Corporation, Pharmacy Corporation of America and Chem Rx Pharmacy Services, LLC (16)
  10.24    Credit Agreement dated May 2, 2011 between PharMerica Corporation, the Lenders named therein, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (17)
  10.25    Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of May 2, 2011 between PharMerica Corporation, Its subsidiaries Party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent (17)
  10.26    Summary of 2011 CEO Short-Term Incentive Program and 2011 Short Term Incentive Program (17) †
  10.27    Summary of 2011 Long-Term Incentive Program (17) †

 

83


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  10.28    Form of Indemnification Agreement (18)
  10.29    Employment Agreement dated March 22, 2011 between Suresh Vishnubhatla and PharMerica Corporation (18) †
  10.30    Summary of 2012 CEO Short-Term Incentive Program and 2011 Short-Term Incentive Program (19)
  10.31    Summary of 2012 Long-Term Incentive Program (17) †
  10.32    Employment Agreement, dated September 27, 2012, between PharMerica Corporation and Mark Lindemoen
  21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP
  31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS*    XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

(1) Filed with Amendment No. 1 to the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/S-1 (Reg. No. 333-142940) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 24, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(2) Filed with Amendment No. 2 to the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/S-1 (Reg. No. 333-142940) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 27, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(3) Filed with the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(4) Filed with the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(5) Filed with Amendment No. 3 to the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/S-1 (Reg. No. 333-142940) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 13, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

84


Table of Contents
(6) Filed with the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(7) Filed with Amendment No. 1 to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(8) Filed with the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(9) Filed with the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 5, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(10) Filed with the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(11) Filed with the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 4, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(12) Filed with the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 7, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(13) Filed with the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(14) Filed with the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(15) Filed with the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 25, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(16) Filed with the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 25, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(17) Filed with the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(18) Filed with the Corporation’s Schedule 14D-9 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 20, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(19) Filed with the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K file with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 2, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(20) Filed with the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 2, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

* As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished herewith and not filed for purposes of sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

85


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  PHARMERICA CORPORATION

Date: February 7, 2013

  By:  

/S/    GREGORY S. WEISHAR        

   

Gregory S. Weishar

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    GREGORY S. WEISHAR

   Chief Executive Officer and Director   February 7, 2013
(Gregory S. Weishar)     

/S/    MICHAEL J. CULOTTA

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   February 7, 2013
(Michael J. Culotta)     

/S/    BERARD E.  TOMASSETTI

   Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer   February 7, 2013
(Berard E. Tomassetti)     

/S/    FRANK E. COLLINS

   Director   February 7, 2013
(Frank E. Collins)     

/S/    W. ROBERT DAHL JR.

   Director   February 7, 2013
(W. Robert Dahl Jr.)     

/S/    MARJORIE W. DORR

   Director   February 7, 2013
(Marjorie W. Dorr)     

/S/    DR. THOMAS P. GERRITY

   Director   February 7, 2013
(Dr. Thomas P. Gerrity)     

/S/    THOMAS P. MAC  MAHON

   Director   February 7, 2013
(Thomas P. Mac Mahon)     

/S/    GEOFFREY G. MEYERS

   Director   February 7, 2013
(Geoffrey G. Meyers)     

/S/    DR. ROBERT A. OAKLEY

   Director   February 7, 2013
(Dr. Robert A. Oakley)     

 

86


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  10.32    Employment Agreement, dated September 27, 2012, between PharMerica Corporation and Mark Lindemoen
  21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP
  31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS*    XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

* As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished herewith and not filed for purposes of sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

87